1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
55 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
56 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
57 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
65 \maintain_unincluded_children false
67 \language_package default
72 \font_typewriter default
73 \font_default_family default
74 \use_non_tex_fonts false
81 \default_output_format default
83 \bibtex_command default
84 \index_command default
88 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
93 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
94 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
95 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
100 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
101 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
111 \paperorientation portrait
114 \notefontcolor #0000ff
131 \paragraph_separation indent
132 \paragraph_indentation default
133 \quotes_language english
136 \paperpagestyle default
137 \tracking_changes false
138 \output_changes false
147 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
162 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
163 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
168 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 \begin_inset Note Note
193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
194 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
195 \begin_inset Newline newline
200 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
210 LatexCommand tableofcontents
217 \begin_layout Chapter
221 \begin_layout Section
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
227 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
239 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 , tidak perlu menyatakan
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
252 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
256 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
266 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
285 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
288 \begin_layout Standard
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
302 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
303 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
304 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
305 ini adalah buku panduan
306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
320 \begin_layout Section
321 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
324 \begin_layout Standard
325 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
326 bagian atas jendela kerja.
327 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
328 berbagai tombol bantuan.
329 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
336 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
337 merupakan kesengajaan.
338 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
339 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
340 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
342 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
343 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
344 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
345 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
346 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
347 yang melebihi area kerja.
348 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
349 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
350 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
351 dan melebihi area kerja.
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
356 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
363 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
368 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
369 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
377 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
385 \begin_layout Section
389 \begin_layout Standard
390 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
395 buku panduan dalam LyX.
396 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
400 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
403 \begin_layout Section
405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
407 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
414 \begin_layout Standard
415 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
416 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
417 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
418 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
419 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
425 \begin_inset Index idx
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
435 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
436 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
437 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
438 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
441 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_inset Index idx
448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
455 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
456 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
459 \begin_layout Section
461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
463 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
470 \begin_layout Standard
471 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
472 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
474 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
475 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
476 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
479 \begin_layout Standard
480 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
482 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
483 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
484 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
488 \begin_layout Standard
489 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
492 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
511 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
512 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
514 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
522 \begin_inset Note Note
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
534 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
535 More about TeX Code is described in section
540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
542 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
546 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
553 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
563 \begin_inset Index idx
566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
572 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
573 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
575 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
580 \begin_layout Chapter
581 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
584 \begin_layout Section
585 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
586 \begin_inset Index idx
589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
598 \begin_layout Standard
599 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
603 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
604 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
607 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
620 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_inset Graphics
645 filename ../../images/file-open.png
653 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_inset Graphics
666 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
674 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Itemize
712 \begin_layout Itemize
718 \begin_layout Itemize
724 \begin_layout Itemize
730 \begin_inset Graphics
731 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
739 \begin_layout Itemize
745 \begin_layout Standard
746 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
748 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
749 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
751 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
762 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
763 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
764 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
765 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
766 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
773 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
780 \begin_layout Standard
797 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
804 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
823 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
824 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
832 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
833 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
834 Dengan operasi berkas
842 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
843 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
869 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
870 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
871 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
872 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
873 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
881 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
882 fitur suntingan lainnya.
883 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
884 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
885 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
888 \begin_layout Itemize
894 \begin_inset Graphics
895 filename ../../images/cut.png
903 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_inset Graphics
910 filename ../../images/copy.png
918 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_inset Graphics
925 filename ../../images/paste.png
933 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
947 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
957 \begin_layout Itemize
961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
971 \begin_inset Graphics
972 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
981 \begin_layout Standard
982 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
984 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
985 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
994 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
999 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
1000 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
1001 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
1003 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1007 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1010 \begin_layout Standard
1011 \begin_inset Index idx
1014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1020 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1054 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1060 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1075 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1076 yang disisipkan dalam
1081 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1086 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1090 \begin_layout Standard
1091 \begin_inset Index idx
1094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1101 \begin_inset Index idx
1104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1112 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1131 akan membuka jendela dialog
1134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1144 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1146 Dengan menekan tombol
1150 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1164 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1165 Jika anda menekan tombol
1170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1177 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1181 \begin_layout Standard
1182 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1185 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1225 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1226 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1238 , maka pencarian kata
1239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1271 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 tidak akan menemukan
1284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1298 LyX offers also an advanced
1301 \begin_inset space ~
1305 \begin_inset space ~
1310 feature that is described in sec.
1311 \begin_inset space ~
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1317 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1324 \begin_layout Standard
1325 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1327 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1329 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1330 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1334 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1342 \begin_layout Section
1343 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1344 \begin_inset Index idx
1347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1354 \begin_inset Index idx
1357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1366 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1375 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1377 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1380 atau dari tombol bantuan
1385 \begin_inset Graphics
1386 filename ../../images/undo.png
1391 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1392 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1394 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1399 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1400 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1402 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1405 atau dengan menekan tombol
1406 \begin_inset Graphics
1407 filename ../../images/redo.png
1415 \begin_layout Standard
1416 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1417 disimpan, status dokumen
1418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1425 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1426 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1438 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1439 Namun demikian proses
1447 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1451 \begin_layout Section
1453 \begin_inset Index idx
1456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1465 \begin_layout Standard
1466 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1469 \begin_layout Enumerate
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1479 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1480 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1485 \begin_layout Enumerate
1486 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1490 \begin_layout Itemize
1495 kemudian seret tetikus.
1496 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1497 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1500 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1503 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1506 \begin_layout Itemize
1507 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1508 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1510 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1517 \begin_layout Enumerate
1518 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1522 \begin_layout Standard
1527 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1528 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1533 \begin_layout Section
1535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1537 name "sec:Navigating"
1542 \begin_inset Index idx
1545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1554 \begin_layout Standard
1557 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1560 \begin_layout Itemize
1567 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1568 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1571 \begin_layout Itemize
1574 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1579 or by the toolbar button
1582 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1588 \begin_layout Itemize
1591 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1593 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1596 and use the same menu to return to them.
1597 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1600 \begin_layout Standard
1606 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1611 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1612 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1615 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1616 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1617 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1618 your last editing position.
1621 \begin_layout Subsection
1627 \begin_layout Standard
1630 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1638 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1639 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1640 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1641 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1642 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1645 LatexCommand formatted
1646 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1650 ), or notes, or citations (see
1651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1652 LatexCommand formatted
1653 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1658 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1660 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1661 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1662 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1663 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1666 LatexCommand formatted
1667 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1671 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1673 LatexCommand formatted
1674 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1679 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1686 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1687 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1688 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1689 dialog and to modify the citation.
1690 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1697 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1699 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1700 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1708 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1711 \begin_layout Standard
1714 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1715 you further to control the display.
1720 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1721 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1726 option keeps it in the current view state.
1727 Keeping means that when you have e.
1728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1732 \begin_inset space \space{}
1735 the subsections of section
1736 \begin_inset space ~
1739 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1740 \begin_inset space ~
1743 3, the subsections of section
1744 \begin_inset space ~
1747 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1752 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1753 \begin_inset space ~
1757 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1767 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1770 \begin_layout Standard
1774 \begin_inset space ~
1778 \begin_inset Graphics
1779 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/reload.png
1784 \begin_inset space ~
1787 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1788 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1791 \begin_inset space \space{}
1795 \begin_inset Graphics
1796 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/down.png
1798 groupId toolbarbuttons
1803 \begin_inset space ~
1807 \begin_inset space \space{}
1811 \begin_inset Graphics
1812 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/up.png
1814 groupId toolbarbuttons
1819 \begin_inset space ~
1822 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1823 So, for example, you can move section
1824 \begin_inset space ~
1828 \begin_inset space ~
1831 2.4 or after section
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1836 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1838 \begin_inset Graphics
1839 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/promote.png
1841 groupId toolbarbuttons
1846 \begin_inset Graphics
1847 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/demote.png
1849 groupId toolbarbuttons
1853 (or the corresponding key bindings
1861 ) you can change the level of sections.
1862 So you can for example make section
1863 \begin_inset space ~
1867 \begin_inset space ~
1871 \begin_inset space ~
1877 \begin_layout Section
1878 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1881 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1886 \begin_inset Index idx
1889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_inset Index idx
1899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1930 \begin_layout Standard
1931 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1932 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1933 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1934 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1937 \begin_layout Standard
1938 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1939 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1940 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1941 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1945 untuk melengkapi kata.
1946 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1947 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1948 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1949 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1958 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1961 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1964 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1966 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1973 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1978 Sedangkan pengaturan
1980 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
1982 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
1983 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
1989 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
1991 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
1993 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
1994 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
1995 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
1996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2002 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2009 \begin_layout Section
2010 Gabungan tombol ketik
2011 \begin_inset Index idx
2014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2015 Gabungan tombol ketik
2021 \begin_inset Index idx
2024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2036 Gabungan tombol ketik
2040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2053 \begin_inset Index idx
2056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2087 \begin_layout Standard
2088 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
2089 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
2092 \begin_layout Standard
2093 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
2096 \begin_inset space ~
2104 \begin_inset space ~
2125 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
2126 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
2129 \begin_layout Labeling
2130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2134 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2135 LatexCommand nomenclature
2137 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2143 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2144 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2146 \begin_inset space ~
2150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2152 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2159 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2164 \begin_inset space ~
2168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2170 reference "sub:Lists"
2176 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2184 \begin_layout Labeling
2185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2198 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2206 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2207 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2210 \begin_layout Labeling
2211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2217 \begin_inset space ~
2221 \begin_inset space ~
2232 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2236 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2237 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2241 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2245 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2248 \begin_layout Standard
2249 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2252 \begin_layout Labeling
2253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2258 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2271 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2272 LatexCommand nomenclature
2274 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2278 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2279 yang dikombinasikan:
2283 \begin_layout Itemize
2292 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2295 \begin_layout Itemize
2304 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2307 \begin_layout Itemize
2316 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2320 \begin_layout Labeling
2321 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2326 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2339 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2340 LatexCommand nomenclature
2342 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2346 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2347 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2350 \begin_layout Labeling
2351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2356 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2369 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2370 LatexCommand nomenclature
2372 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2376 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2377 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2378 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2379 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2384 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2389 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2390 memilih menu tersebut.
2394 \begin_layout Standard
2395 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2402 \begin_inset space ~
2406 \begin_inset space ~
2412 \begin_inset space ~
2416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2419 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2435 \begin_inset space ~
2441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2451 \begin_layout Standard
2456 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2465 \begin_layout Standard
2466 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2467 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2468 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2469 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2470 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2471 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2472 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2489 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2496 \begin_layout Standard
2497 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2499 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2504 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2511 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2518 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2525 \begin_layout Chapter
2527 \begin_inset Index idx
2530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2539 \begin_layout Section
2541 \begin_inset Index idx
2544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2553 \begin_layout Subsection
2557 \begin_layout Standard
2558 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2559 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2560 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2561 numbering schemes, and so on.
2562 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2563 and format the title of your document differently.
2566 \begin_layout Standard
2571 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2572 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2573 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2574 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2575 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2578 \begin_layout Standard
2579 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2580 how to adjust their properties.
2583 \begin_layout Subsection
2585 \begin_inset Index idx
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2597 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2604 \begin_layout Standard
2605 You can select a class using the
2607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2608 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2612 \begin_inset Index idx
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2630 \begin_layout Standard
2631 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Article for basic articles
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 Report for basic reports
2643 \begin_layout Description
2644 Book for writing a book
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Letter for US-style letters
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2653 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2654 will include many of these.
2655 Here are some of the classes.
2656 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2658 Special Document Classes
2667 \begin_layout Description
2668 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2671 \begin_layout Description
2672 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2676 \begin_layout Description
2677 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2681 \begin_layout Description
2682 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2683 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2684 There are three article layouts available.
2685 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2686 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2687 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2688 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2693 sequential numbering
2694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2697 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2698 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2699 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2700 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 Beamer Layout for presentations
2707 \begin_layout Description
2708 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2709 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2713 \begin_layout Description
2714 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2717 \begin_layout Description
2719 \begin_inset space ~
2722 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2725 \begin_layout Description
2726 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2729 \begin_layout Description
2730 Foils Used to make transparencies
2733 \begin_layout Description
2734 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2735 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2739 \begin_layout Description
2740 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2741 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2744 \begin_layout Description
2745 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2748 \begin_layout Description
2749 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2752 \begin_layout Description
2753 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2754 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2755 (Is used by this document.)
2758 \begin_layout Description
2759 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2762 \begin_layout Description
2763 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2766 \begin_layout Description
2771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2778 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2779 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2781 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2784 \begin_layout Description
2785 Slides Used to make transparencies
2788 \begin_layout Description
2790 \begin_inset space ~
2793 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2794 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2797 \begin_layout Description
2798 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2801 \begin_layout Standard
2802 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2804 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2810 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2811 of the document classes.
2814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2822 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2823 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2825 \begin_inset Index idx
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2845 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2850 \begin_inset space ~
2857 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2858 that are not installed to produce output.
2859 So it seems that something is wrong.
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 But nothing is wrong.
2864 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2865 and some of them, like
2869 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2870 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2871 files, with a growing number.
2872 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2873 by some document class.
2874 There are just too many of them.
2875 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2878 \begin_layout Standard
2879 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2880 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2881 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2882 document class for a new file.
2883 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2888 Installing new LaTeX files
2889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2896 manual for information on how to install them.
2897 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2904 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2905 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2907 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2908 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2909 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2911 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2914 \begin_inset space ~
2921 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2924 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2933 \begin_inset Index idx
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 \begin_layout Standard
2946 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2947 chosen document class.
2948 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2949 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2956 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2960 \begin_inset Index idx
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2974 \begin_layout Standard
2975 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2976 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2977 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2978 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2979 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2980 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2981 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2983 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2987 \begin_inset Index idx
2990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2991 Reconfiguration of LyX
2997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3000 Installing new LaTeX files
3001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3008 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3021 LyX will advise you about these things.
3029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3031 \begin_inset Index idx
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3035 Document ! Local Layout
3043 \begin_layout Standard
3044 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3045 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3046 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3047 writing a module for this purpose.
3048 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3049 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3051 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3052 What you want is LyX's
3053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3072 manual for information on how to use it.
3075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3079 \begin_layout Standard
3080 Each class has a default set of options.
3081 Here's a quick table describing them:
3084 \begin_layout Standard
3085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3093 \begin_inset Tabular
3094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3095 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3561 \begin_layout Standard
3562 You're probably also wondering what
3563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3567 \begin_inset space ~
3571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3575 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3576 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3581 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3586 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3596 headings, there are also
3604 headings, and so on.
3605 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3606 \begin_inset space ~
3610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3612 reference "sub:Headings"
3619 \begin_layout Subsection
3621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3623 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3628 \begin_inset Index idx
3631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3640 \begin_inset Index idx
3643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3666 \begin_inset space ~
3671 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3673 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3674 to use for your document.
3675 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3679 \begin_layout Standard
3686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3692 \begin_inset space ~
3697 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3698 You can choose between the following five options:
3701 \begin_layout Labeling
3702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3707 Use default page style of current class.
3710 \begin_layout Labeling
3711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3716 No page numbers or headings.
3719 \begin_layout Labeling
3720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3728 \begin_layout Labeling
3729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3734 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3735 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3736 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3739 \begin_layout Labeling
3740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3745 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3746 have the LaTeX-package
3751 \begin_inset Index idx
3754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3755 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3761 How they are defined is explained in section
3762 \begin_inset space ~
3766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3768 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3775 \begin_layout Standard
3776 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3777 \begin_inset space ~
3781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3783 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3790 \begin_layout Subsection
3791 Paper Size and Orientation
3792 \begin_inset Index idx
3795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3796 Document ! Paper size
3802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3804 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3812 You'll find the following options in the menu
3815 \begin_inset space ~
3822 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3828 \begin_inset Index idx
3831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3840 \begin_layout Labeling
3841 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3845 \begin_inset space ~
3850 What size paper to print on.
3854 \begin_layout Itemize
3860 \begin_layout Itemize
3870 \begin_layout Itemize
3876 \begin_layout Itemize
3882 \begin_layout Itemize
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3894 \begin_layout Itemize
3900 \begin_layout Labeling
3901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3906 To choose whether to output as
3917 \begin_layout Labeling
3918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3922 \begin_inset space ~
3927 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3928 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3931 \begin_layout Subsection
3933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3940 \begin_inset Index idx
3943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3950 \begin_inset Index idx
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3962 \begin_layout Standard
3963 Paper margins are set in the menu
3965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3969 \begin_inset Index idx
3972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3981 \begin_layout Standard
3982 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3983 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3984 the paper format and the font size into account.
3987 \begin_layout Subsection
3991 \begin_layout Standard
3992 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3997 That includes the paragraph environments.
3998 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3999 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4000 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4001 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4010 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4012 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4013 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4014 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4017 \begin_layout Section
4018 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4019 \begin_inset Index idx
4022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4023 Paragraph ! Indentation
4031 \begin_layout Subsection
4033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4035 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4042 \begin_layout Standard
4043 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4044 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4047 \begin_layout Standard
4048 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4049 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4050 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4051 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4055 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4061 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4062 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4063 language than English.
4064 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4067 \begin_layout Standard
4068 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4069 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4071 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4072 LyX takes care of that.
4073 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4075 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4076 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4077 of a page, and so on.
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4087 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4088 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4092 of these pre-coded spacings.
4093 We'll explain more later.
4096 \begin_layout Subsection
4097 Paragraph Separation
4098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4100 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4105 \begin_inset Index idx
4108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4109 Paragraph ! Separation
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118 To separate paragraphs, select
4129 \begin_inset space ~
4136 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4140 \begin_inset Index idx
4143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4149 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4150 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4151 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4154 \begin_layout Standard
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4165 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4166 \begin_inset space ~
4170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4172 reference "cap:Units"
4177 The default length is 30
4178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4184 \begin_layout Subsection
4188 \begin_layout Standard
4189 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4192 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4194 \begin_inset space ~
4199 dialog and toggle the
4202 \begin_inset space ~
4207 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4210 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4214 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4215 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4220 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4221 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4224 \begin_layout Subsection
4226 \begin_inset Index idx
4229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4230 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4245 \begin_inset Index idx
4248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4257 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4260 \begin_inset space ~
4269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4270 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4275 \begin_inset Index idx
4278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4284 installed to use this feature.
4292 \begin_layout Section
4293 Paragraph Environments
4294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4296 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4301 \begin_inset Index idx
4304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4305 Paragraph ! Environments
4311 \begin_inset Index idx
4314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4315 Paragraph environments|(
4323 \begin_layout Subsection
4327 \begin_layout Standard
4328 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4331 \begin_layout Standard
4350 \begin_inset Newline newline
4353 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4354 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4355 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4364 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4367 \begin_layout Standard
4368 A paragraph environment is simply a
4369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4376 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4377 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4378 scheme, labels, and so on.
4379 Additionally, you can
4380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4387 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4388 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4389 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4390 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4391 days of typewriters.
4392 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4394 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4398 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4399 \begin_inset Graphics
4400 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4406 at the left end of the toolbar.
4407 LyX will change the environment of the
4411 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4412 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4413 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4426 create a new paragraph using the
4430 paragraph environment.
4432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4439 because if you are in one of these environments:
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4448 \begin_layout Itemize
4454 \begin_layout Itemize
4460 \begin_layout Itemize
4466 \begin_layout Itemize
4472 \begin_layout Itemize
4478 \begin_layout Itemize
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4489 , rather than resetting it to
4494 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4495 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4496 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4497 \begin_inset space ~
4501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4503 reference "sec:Nesting"
4508 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4513 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4514 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4518 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4524 \begin_layout Subsection
4528 \begin_layout Standard
4529 The default paragraph environment is
4534 It creates a plain paragraph.
4535 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4536 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4537 this manual) are in the
4544 \begin_layout Standard
4545 You can nest a paragraph using the
4549 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4557 \begin_layout Subsection
4559 \begin_inset Index idx
4562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4571 \begin_layout Standard
4572 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4581 for thanks or contact information.
4582 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4583 page along with today's date.
4584 For other types of documents, the title
4585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4592 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4596 \begin_layout Standard
4597 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4611 Here's how you use them:
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4615 Put the title of your document in the
4622 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 Put the author name in the
4630 \begin_layout Itemize
4631 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4632 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4638 Note that using this environment is optional.
4639 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4640 If you don't want any date, add the line
4641 \begin_inset Newline newline
4651 \begin_inset Newline newline
4654 to the preamble of your document (menu
4656 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 You can use footnotes to insert
4664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4671 or contact information.
4674 \begin_layout Subsection
4676 \begin_inset Index idx
4679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4696 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4697 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4700 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4702 \begin_inset Index idx
4705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4706 Section headings ! Numbered
4714 \begin_layout Standard
4715 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4719 \begin_layout Enumerate
4725 \begin_layout Enumerate
4731 \begin_layout Enumerate
4737 \begin_layout Enumerate
4743 \begin_layout Enumerate
4749 \begin_layout Enumerate
4755 \begin_layout Enumerate
4761 \begin_layout Standard
4762 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4763 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4764 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4769 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4770 You group the book into chapters.
4771 LyX does similar grouping:
4774 \begin_layout Itemize
4779 is divided in either
4790 \begin_layout Itemize
4802 \begin_layout Itemize
4814 \begin_layout Itemize
4826 \begin_layout Itemize
4838 \begin_layout Itemize
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4851 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4859 Not all document types use the
4863 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4868 is the top-level heading.
4876 \begin_layout Standard
4881 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4882 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4884 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4898 \begin_inset Index idx
4901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4902 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4910 \begin_layout Standard
4911 The unnumbered section headings have a
4912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4919 at the end of their name.
4920 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4921 the table of contents, see section
4922 \begin_inset space ~
4926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4936 Changing the Numbering
4937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4939 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4947 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4948 in the Table of Contents.
4949 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4951 Certain classes start with
4965 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4975 This is something you can change.
4978 \begin_layout Standard
4981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4987 \begin_inset Index idx
4990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5001 \begin_inset space ~
5005 \begin_inset space ~
5010 you'll see two counters.
5015 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5017 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5022 Short Titles of Headings
5023 \begin_inset Index idx
5026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 Section headings ! Short titles
5033 \begin_inset Argument
5036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5045 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5052 \begin_layout Standard
5053 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5054 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5055 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5056 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5060 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5061 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5062 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5063 To specify a short title, use the menu
5065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5067 \begin_inset space ~
5073 This will insert a box labeled
5074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5089 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5090 This also works for captions inside floats.
5093 \begin_layout Standard
5094 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5097 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5102 The following information applies to all section headings:
5105 \begin_layout Itemize
5106 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5109 \begin_layout Itemize
5110 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5113 \begin_layout Itemize
5114 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5117 \begin_layout Itemize
5118 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5121 \begin_layout Subsection
5122 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5125 \begin_layout Standard
5126 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5140 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5141 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5142 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5143 the text they contain.
5144 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5152 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5155 \begin_layout Standard
5156 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5165 when you start a new paragraph.
5166 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5170 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5171 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5172 to change back to the
5176 environment yourself.
5179 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5196 \begin_inset Index idx
5199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5208 \begin_layout Standard
5209 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5210 time for the differences.
5219 are identical except for one difference:
5223 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5232 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 Here's an example of the
5249 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5251 See – no indentation!
5255 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5256 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5257 the other paragraph.
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5261 Here's another example, this time in the
5268 \begin_layout Quotation
5274 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5275 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5276 the first line, then
5280 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5284 you were quoting other text.
5287 \begin_layout Quotation
5288 Here's a new paragraph.
5289 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5290 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5293 \begin_layout Standard
5294 As the examples show,
5298 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5299 They should put quotes in the
5304 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5308 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5317 \begin_inset Index idx
5320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5329 \begin_inset Index idx
5332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5348 \begin_layout Standard
5353 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5359 \begin_inset Newline newline
5362 Which I did not rehearse!
5366 It could be much worse.
5367 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5369 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5370 indented a bit more than the first.
5371 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5377 \begin_inset Newline newline
5380 And make things look fine
5381 \begin_inset Newline newline
5387 arg "newline-insert newline"
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5398 does not indent both margins.
5399 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5400 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5407 arg "newline-insert newline"
5413 \begin_layout Subsection
5415 \begin_inset Index idx
5418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5434 \begin_layout Standard
5435 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5445 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5454 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5455 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5456 some general features of all four of them.
5459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5463 \begin_layout Standard
5464 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5466 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5475 reset the environment to
5479 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5480 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5481 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5485 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5488 to break paragraphs.
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5493 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5495 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5496 you read all of section
5497 \begin_inset space ~
5501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5503 reference "sec:Nesting"
5511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5517 \begin_inset Index idx
5520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5537 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5541 paragraph environment.
5542 It has the following properties:
5545 \begin_layout Itemize
5546 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5550 \begin_layout Itemize
5551 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5554 \begin_layout Itemize
5555 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5559 \begin_layout Itemize
5560 The items can have any length.
5561 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5562 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5569 \begin_layout Itemize
5574 environment inside another
5578 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5582 \begin_layout Itemize
5583 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5586 \begin_layout Itemize
5587 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5590 \begin_layout Itemize
5592 \begin_inset space ~
5596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5598 reference "sec:Nesting"
5602 for a full explanation of nesting.
5606 \begin_layout Standard
5607 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5616 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5619 \begin_layout Standard
5620 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5621 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5624 \begin_layout Itemize
5625 The label for the first level
5629 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5633 \begin_layout Itemize
5634 The label for the second level is a dash.
5638 \begin_layout Itemize
5639 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5643 \begin_layout Itemize
5644 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5648 \begin_layout Itemize
5649 Back out to the third level.
5653 \begin_layout Itemize
5654 Back to the second level.
5658 \begin_layout Itemize
5659 Back to the outermost level.
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5663 These are the default labels for an
5668 You can customize these labels in the
5670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5673 dialog in the submenu
5680 \begin_inset Index idx
5683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5692 \begin_layout Standard
5693 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5694 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5696 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5702 reference "sec:Nesting"
5709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5715 \begin_inset Index idx
5718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5727 name "sec:Enumerate"
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5739 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5740 It has these properties:
5743 \begin_layout Enumerate
5744 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5748 \begin_layout Enumerate
5749 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5753 \begin_layout Enumerate
5754 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5757 \begin_layout Enumerate
5762 environment resets the counter to one.
5765 \begin_layout Enumerate
5778 \begin_layout Enumerate
5779 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5780 Items can have any length.
5783 \begin_layout Enumerate
5784 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5787 \begin_layout Enumerate
5788 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5791 \begin_layout Enumerate
5792 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5796 \begin_layout Standard
5805 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5806 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5813 \begin_layout Enumerate
5814 The first level of an
5818 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5822 \begin_layout Enumerate
5823 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5827 \begin_layout Enumerate
5828 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5832 \begin_layout Enumerate
5833 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5836 \begin_layout Enumerate
5837 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5842 \begin_layout Enumerate
5843 Back to the third level
5847 \begin_layout Enumerate
5848 Back to the second level.
5852 \begin_layout Enumerate
5853 Back to the outermost level.
5856 \begin_layout Standard
5857 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5862 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5867 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5872 There is more to nesting
5876 environments than we've stated here.
5877 You should read section
5878 \begin_inset space ~
5882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5884 reference "sec:Nesting"
5888 to learn more about nesting.
5891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5897 \begin_inset Index idx
5900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5909 \begin_layout Standard
5910 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5914 list has no fixed label.
5915 Instead, LyX uses the first
5916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5923 of the first line as the label.
5927 \begin_layout Description
5928 Example: This is an example of the
5935 \begin_layout Standard
5936 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5940 \begin_layout Standard
5942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5949 it is meant that the first hit of the
5953 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5955 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5963 arg "space-insert protected"
5968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5969 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5971 \begin_inset space ~
5977 \begin_inset space ~
5981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5983 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5987 for more info.) Here is an example:
5990 \begin_layout Description
5992 \begin_inset space ~
5995 Example: This one shows how to use a
5998 \begin_inset space ~
6010 \begin_layout Description
6011 Usage: You should use the
6015 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6016 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6018 It's not a good idea to use a
6022 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6023 You're better off using
6035 paragraphs into them.
6038 \begin_layout Description
6039 Nesting: You can nest
6043 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6047 \begin_layout Standard
6048 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6049 them from the first line.
6052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6058 \begin_inset Index idx
6061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6070 \begin_layout Standard
6075 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6079 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6087 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6092 environment is named
6104 \begin_layout Standard
6113 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6114 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6117 \begin_layout Labeling
6118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6120 \begin_inset space ~
6123 labels LyX uses the first
6124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6131 of each line as the item label.
6136 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6137 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6138 blank as described above.
6141 \begin_layout Labeling
6142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6143 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6144 the body of the item text.
6145 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6146 label width plus a little extra space.
6150 \begin_layout Labeling
6151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6153 \begin_inset space ~
6156 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6158 If the label width is larger, the label
6159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6166 into the first line.
6167 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6168 margin of the rest of the item text.
6171 \begin_layout Labeling
6172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6177 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6182 environment have the same left margin.
6183 \begin_inset Newline newline
6186 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6189 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6191 \begin_inset space ~
6200 \begin_inset space ~
6205 determines the default label width.
6206 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6215 multiple times instead.
6216 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6225 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6228 \begin_inset space ~
6233 every time you alter a label in a
6238 \begin_inset Newline newline
6241 The predefined default width is the length of
6242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6251 \begin_inset Newline newline
6255 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6264 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6272 \begin_layout Standard
6277 environment the same way like the
6281 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6287 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6291 \begin_layout Standard
6296 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6298 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6300 \begin_inset space ~
6304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6306 reference "sec:Nesting"
6310 to learn about nesting.
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 There is yet another feature of the
6318 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6320 You can use additional
6324 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6329 are documented in section
6330 \begin_inset space ~
6334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6336 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6341 Here are some examples:
6342 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6348 \begin_layout Labeling
6349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6350 Left The default for
6357 \begin_layout Labeling
6358 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6359 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6366 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6369 \begin_layout Labeling
6370 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6371 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6375 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6382 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6385 \begin_layout Subsection
6387 \begin_inset Index idx
6390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6399 \begin_layout Standard
6400 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6403 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6405 in the document settings.
6406 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6411 \begin_inset Index idx
6414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6415 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6423 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6424 Custom Enumerate Lists
6425 \begin_inset Index idx
6428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6437 \begin_layout Standard
6439 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6445 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6446 There you add the command
6449 \begin_layout Standard
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6458 in TeX Code (shortcut
6468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6469 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6470 \begin_inset space ~
6474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6476 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6489 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6496 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6497 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6510 For Arabic numerals use
6518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6525 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6540 \begin_layout Standard
6542 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6550 You can only number 26
6551 \begin_inset space ~
6554 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6563 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6564 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6567 \begin_layout Standard
6568 As example a list with custom numbering:
6571 \begin_layout Enumerate
6572 \begin_inset Argument
6575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6601 \begin_layout Enumerate
6602 \begin_inset Argument
6605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6628 \begin_layout Enumerate
6633 \begin_layout Enumerate
6634 \begin_inset Argument
6637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6661 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_inset Argument
6665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6691 \begin_layout Standard
6692 For this list these commands were used:
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6706 \begin_inset Newline newline
6714 \begin_inset Newline newline
6722 \begin_inset Newline newline
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6739 makes the label emphasized and
6748 \begin_layout Standard
6749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6757 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6758 lists until you change the definition.
6766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6768 \begin_inset Index idx
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6774 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6782 \begin_layout Standard
6783 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6786 \begin_layout Enumerate
6787 \begin_inset Argument
6790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 \begin_inset Note Note
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6815 goes back to default numbering
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6831 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6835 \begin_layout Standard
6836 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6841 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6842 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6854 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6862 \begin_layout Standard
6863 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6865 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6866 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6867 of a normal new enumeration.
6868 There insert the command
6871 \begin_layout Standard
6877 \begin_layout Standard
6882 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6886 \begin_layout Enumerate
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6898 \begin_layout Enumerate
6899 \begin_inset Argument
6902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6918 This enumeration starts at 4
6921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6923 \begin_inset Index idx
6926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6936 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6938 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6945 \begin_layout Itemize
6946 with standard spacing
6949 \begin_layout Standard
6950 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6952 There add the command
6956 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6959 \begin_layout Itemize
6960 \begin_inset Argument
6963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6982 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7007 For more info see its documentation,
7008 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7017 \begin_layout Standard
7018 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
7020 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
7021 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
7022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7025 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
7028 \begin_layout Enumerate
7029 \begin_inset Argument
7032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7040 parindent, labelsep=2cm
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7054 with negative indentation
7057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7058 Further Customization
7059 \begin_inset Index idx
7062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7071 \begin_layout Standard
7072 You can also change the style of description lists.
7076 \begin_layout Standard
7082 \begin_layout Standard
7083 changes the description label font, the command
7086 \begin_layout Standard
7092 \begin_layout Standard
7093 sets the list style.
7096 \begin_layout Standard
7097 An example where the command
7100 \begin_layout Standard
7105 itshape, style=nextline
7108 \begin_layout Standard
7112 \begin_layout Description
7114 \begin_inset space ~
7118 \begin_inset Argument
7121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7127 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
7129 itshape, style=nextline
7139 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7140 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7144 \begin_layout Description
7146 \begin_inset space ~
7149 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7150 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7151 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7154 \begin_layout Standard
7155 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7161 \begin_inset Index idx
7164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7167 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7173 For more info see its documentation,
7174 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7183 \begin_layout Subsection
7185 \begin_inset Index idx
7188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7205 \begin_inset space ~
7213 \begin_layout Standard
7214 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7222 \begin_inset space ~
7228 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7229 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7230 In contrast, you can use the
7237 \begin_inset space ~
7242 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7243 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7247 \begin_layout Standard
7248 Of course, you're not limited to using
7255 \begin_inset space ~
7264 \begin_inset space ~
7269 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7270 some European academic papers.
7273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7277 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7284 \begin_layout Standard
7289 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7290 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7294 \begin_inset space ~
7299 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7300 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7301 Here's an example of each:
7304 \begin_layout Right Address
7306 \begin_inset Newline newline
7310 \begin_inset Newline newline
7314 \begin_inset Newline newline
7317 When is it? What is today?
7320 \begin_layout Standard
7324 \begin_inset space ~
7330 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7331 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7332 Here's an example of the
7339 \begin_layout Address
7341 \begin_inset Newline newline
7344 Where do I send this
7345 \begin_inset Newline newline
7348 Your post office and country
7351 \begin_layout Standard
7352 As you can see, both
7359 \begin_inset space ~
7364 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7369 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7375 This makes sense, since
7383 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7384 Thus, you have to use
7391 arg "newline-insert newline"
7397 \begin_inset space ~
7400 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7402 \begin_inset space ~
7411 menu) to start a new line in an
7418 \begin_inset space ~
7426 \begin_layout Subsection
7430 \begin_layout Standard
7431 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7432 or list of references.
7433 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7440 \begin_inset Index idx
7443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7452 \begin_layout Standard
7457 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7458 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7459 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7460 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7464 in anything else or vice versa.
7470 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7471 The book document classes ignores the
7475 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7479 in a letter document class.
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7487 environment does several things for you.
7488 First, it puts the centered label
7489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7497 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7499 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7500 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7501 the subsequent text.
7502 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7503 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7506 \begin_layout Standard
7507 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7511 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7512 The new paragraph will still be in the
7517 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7518 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 \begin_inset Float figure
7527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 \begin_inset Graphics
7530 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
7537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7538 \begin_inset Caption
7540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7543 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7564 \begin_layout Standard
7565 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7569 environment, but since this document is in the
7570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7577 class, we can't do this.
7578 We inserted it therefore as figure
7579 \begin_inset space ~
7583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7585 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7590 If you've never heard of an
7591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7598 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7607 \begin_inset Index idx
7610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7619 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7626 \begin_layout Standard
7631 environment is used to list references.
7632 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7633 only use it at the end of the document.
7638 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 When you first open a
7646 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7662 depending on the document class.
7663 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7664 Each paragraph of the
7668 environment is a bibliography entry.
7673 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7674 Each new paragraph is still in the
7681 \begin_layout Standard
7682 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7683 by using a BibTeX database.
7684 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7685 phy handling, have a look at in section
7686 \begin_inset space ~
7690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7692 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7699 \begin_layout Subsection
7703 \begin_inset Index idx
7706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7707 Paragraph ! LyX code
7713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7727 environment is another LyX extension.
7728 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7733 key as a fixed whitespace;
7737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7749 \begin_inset space ~
7754 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7759 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7760 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7763 arg "newline-insert newline"
7780 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7781 So, when you finish using the
7785 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7786 Also, you can nest the
7790 environment inside of others.
7793 \begin_layout Standard
7794 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7797 \begin_layout Itemize
7801 arg "newline-insert newline"
7804 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7809 \begin_inset space \space{}
7819 arg "newline-insert newline"
7825 \begin_layout Itemize
7829 arg "newline-insert newline"
7840 \begin_layout Itemize
7845 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7852 \begin_layout Itemize
7856 arg "space-insert protected"
7863 \begin_layout Itemize
7864 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7865 You must put at least one
7869 in any line you want blank.
7870 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7873 \begin_layout Itemize
7874 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7878 since that will insert
7883 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7886 arg "self-insert \""
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7896 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7900 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7904 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7908 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7912 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7913 printf("Hello World!
7918 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7922 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7926 \begin_layout Standard
7927 This is just the standard
7928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7939 \begin_layout Standard
7944 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7945 rc-files, and so on.
7946 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7947 as if you used a typewriter.
7948 \begin_inset Index idx
7951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7952 Paragraph environments|)
7957 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7960 Program Code Listings
7969 \begin_layout Section
7970 Nesting Environments
7971 \begin_inset Index idx
7974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7975 Nesting ! Environments
7981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7990 \begin_layout Subsection
7994 \begin_layout Standard
7995 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7997 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7999 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
8001 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
8003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8013 \begin_layout Enumerate
8017 \begin_layout Enumerate
8022 \begin_layout Enumerate
8026 \begin_layout Enumerate
8031 \begin_layout Enumerate
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8036 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
8037 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
8040 \begin_inset space ~
8044 \begin_inset space ~
8052 \begin_inset space ~
8056 \begin_inset space ~
8065 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8066 will tell you how far you are nested).
8067 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
8068 \begin_inset Graphics
8069 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
8074 \begin_inset Graphics
8075 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
8079 or the convenient key bindings
8090 arg "depth-increment"
8096 arg "depth-decrement"
8099 to change the nesting level.
8100 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8101 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8105 \begin_layout Standard
8106 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8107 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8108 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8109 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8112 \begin_layout Standard
8113 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
8114 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8116 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8119 \begin_layout Subsection
8120 What You Can and Can't Nest
8123 \begin_layout Standard
8124 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8125 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8128 \begin_layout Standard
8129 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
8130 complicated than a simple yes or no.
8131 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8134 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 Completely unnestable
8138 \begin_layout Itemize
8139 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8144 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8148 \begin_layout Standard
8149 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8150 environments have them:
8153 \begin_layout Description
8154 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8155 Can't nest into them.
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8190 \begin_layout Description
8192 \begin_inset space ~
8195 Nestable You can nest them.
8196 You can nest other things into them.
8200 \begin_layout Itemize
8206 \begin_layout Itemize
8212 \begin_layout Itemize
8218 \begin_layout Itemize
8224 \begin_layout Itemize
8230 \begin_layout Itemize
8236 \begin_layout Itemize
8242 \begin_layout Itemize
8249 \begin_layout Description
8250 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8251 You can't nest anything into them.
8255 \begin_layout Itemize
8261 \begin_layout Itemize
8267 \begin_layout Itemize
8273 \begin_layout Itemize
8279 \begin_layout Itemize
8285 \begin_layout Itemize
8291 \begin_layout Itemize
8297 \begin_layout Itemize
8303 \begin_layout Itemize
8309 \begin_layout Itemize
8315 \begin_layout Itemize
8321 \begin_layout Itemize
8327 \begin_layout Itemize
8333 \begin_layout Itemize
8337 \begin_inset space ~
8343 \begin_layout Itemize
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8351 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8359 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8368 \begin_inset space ~
8372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8376 \begin_inset space \space{}
8379 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8380 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8381 section headings violate this.
8389 \begin_layout Subsection
8390 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8391 \begin_inset Index idx
8394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8395 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8403 \begin_layout Standard
8404 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8405 affected by nesting anyhow.
8409 \begin_layout Itemize
8413 \begin_layout Itemize
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8423 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8431 Figures and tables in
8435 are not affected by this.
8440 Have a look at section
8441 \begin_inset space ~
8445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8447 reference "sec:Floats"
8451 for more information about
8458 \begin_layout Standard
8459 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8460 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8464 \begin_layout Standard
8465 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8473 of its own, it behaves just like a
8474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8481 paragraph environment.
8482 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 Here's an example with a table:
8490 \begin_layout Enumerate
8495 \begin_layout Enumerate
8496 This is (a) and it's nested.
8500 \begin_layout Standard
8501 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8507 \begin_layout Standard
8509 \begin_inset Tabular
8510 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8511 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8597 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8605 \begin_layout Enumerate
8607 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8611 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8616 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8619 \begin_layout Enumerate
8624 \begin_layout Enumerate
8625 This is (a) and it's nested.
8629 \begin_layout Standard
8630 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8638 \begin_inset Tabular
8639 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8640 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8733 \begin_layout Enumerate
8740 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8743 \begin_layout Enumerate
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8748 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8752 \begin_layout Standard
8753 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8755 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8758 \begin_layout Enumerate
8763 \begin_layout Enumerate
8764 This is (a) and it's nested.
8767 \begin_layout Standard
8768 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8776 \begin_inset Tabular
8777 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8778 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8864 \begin_layout Standard
8865 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8871 \begin_layout Enumerate
8873 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8881 \begin_layout Enumerate
8885 \begin_layout Standard
8886 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8892 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8893 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8897 \begin_layout Subsection
8898 Usage and General Features
8901 \begin_layout Standard
8902 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8911 is the innermost possible depth.
8912 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8915 \begin_layout Enumerate
8916 level #1 – outermost
8920 \begin_layout Enumerate
8925 \begin_layout Enumerate
8930 \begin_layout Enumerate
8935 \begin_layout Itemize
8940 \begin_layout Itemize
8949 \begin_layout Standard
8950 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8951 both of them in the example.
8952 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8962 For example, if we tried to nest another
8967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8974 , we would get errors.
8977 \begin_layout Subsection
8979 \begin_inset Index idx
8982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8991 \begin_layout Standard
8992 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8993 We have several examples of nested environments.
8994 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8999 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9002 \begin_layout Labeling
9003 \labelwidthstring MMM
9004 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9013 \begin_layout Labeling
9014 \labelwidthstring MMM
9015 #2-a This is level #2.
9016 We created it by using
9019 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9025 arg "depth-increment"
9032 \begin_layout Labeling
9033 \labelwidthstring MMM
9034 #3-a This is level #3.
9035 This time, we just hit
9042 arg "depth-increment"
9046 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9050 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9056 arg "depth-increment"
9063 \begin_layout Standard
9068 environment, nested inside of
9069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9077 So, it's at level #4.
9078 We did this by hitting
9081 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9087 arg "depth-increment"
9090 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9095 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
9111 \begin_layout Standard
9116 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9119 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9125 \begin_layout Labeling
9126 \labelwidthstring MMM
9127 #4-a This is level #4.
9131 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9134 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9139 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9143 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9148 keep nesting things inside
9149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9160 \begin_layout Labeling
9161 \labelwidthstring MMM
9162 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9167 \begin_layout Labeling
9168 \labelwidthstring MMM
9169 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9170 and this is level #6.
9171 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9175 \begin_layout Labeling
9176 \labelwidthstring MMM
9177 #5-b Back to level #5.
9181 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9187 arg "depth-decrement"
9194 \begin_layout Labeling
9195 \labelwidthstring MMM
9199 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9205 arg "depth-decrement"
9208 , we're back at level #4.
9212 \begin_layout Labeling
9213 \labelwidthstring MMM
9214 #3-b Back to level #3.
9215 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9219 \begin_layout Labeling
9220 \labelwidthstring MMM
9221 #2-b Back to level #2.
9226 \begin_layout Labeling
9227 \labelwidthstring MMM
9228 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9229 After this sentence, we'll hit
9233 and change the paragraph environment back to
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9241 We could have also used the
9257 environment in place of the
9262 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9266 Example 2: Inheritance
9269 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9270 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9273 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9282 arg "depth-increment"
9285 , after which, we'll change to the
9293 \begin_layout Enumerate
9298 environment, at level #2.
9301 \begin_layout Enumerate
9302 Notice how the nested
9306 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9310 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9314 \begin_layout Standard
9315 We ended this example by hitting
9320 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9324 and reset the nesting depth by using
9327 arg "depth-decrement"
9333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9334 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9343 \begin_inset Argument
9346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9347 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9355 \begin_layout Enumerate
9356 This is level #1, in an
9360 paragraph environment.
9361 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9365 \begin_layout Enumerate
9370 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9376 arg "depth-increment"
9380 Now, what happens if we nest an
9384 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9385 label be? An asterisk?
9389 \begin_layout Itemize
9399 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9400 So, its label is a bullet.
9401 (We got here by using
9404 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9410 arg "depth-increment"
9413 , then changing the environment to
9421 \begin_layout Itemize
9422 Here's level #4, produced using
9425 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9431 arg "depth-increment"
9435 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9440 \begin_layout Enumerate
9441 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9443 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9448 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9452 , because we are in the
9461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9480 \begin_layout Enumerate
9485 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9486 type of numbering does LyX use?
9489 \begin_layout Enumerate
9490 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9493 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9496 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9499 \begin_layout Enumerate
9503 arg "depth-decrement"
9506 to decrease the depth after the next
9509 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9516 \begin_layout Enumerate
9518 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9522 \begin_layout Enumerate
9524 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9525 numeral as the label.Why?
9528 \begin_layout Enumerate
9529 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9538 Notice, however, that LyX
9542 reset the counter for the label.
9546 \begin_layout Enumerate
9550 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9556 arg "depth-decrement"
9559 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9560 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9561 into the twofold-nested
9569 \begin_layout Enumerate
9570 The same thing happens if we do another
9573 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9579 arg "depth-decrement"
9582 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9591 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9605 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9611 The same rule applies for the
9615 environment, as well.
9618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9619 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9622 \begin_layout Enumerate
9623 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9624 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9625 same detail with how we did it.
9634 \begin_layout Standard
9642 arg "depth-increment"
9649 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9650 example in parentheses someplace.
9651 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9652 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9653 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9657 \begin_layout Enumerate
9662 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9667 Now we'll add verse.
9668 \begin_inset Newline newline
9671 It will get much worse.
9672 \begin_inset Newline newline
9682 arg "depth-increment"
9693 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9694 \begin_inset Newline newline
9697 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9698 \begin_inset Newline newline
9704 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9718 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9726 \begin_inset Tabular
9727 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9728 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9819 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9829 arg "depth-increment"
9835 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9845 arg "depth-decrement"
9852 \begin_layout Enumerate
9857 : level #1) This is another item.
9858 Note that selecting a
9862 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9863 3 times to put the table inside the
9871 \begin_layout Quotation
9872 We're now ending the
9876 list and changing to
9881 We're still at level #1.
9882 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9883 The next set of paragraphs is a
9884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 \begin_inset space ~
9903 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9907 for the letter body.
9911 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9914 to preserve the depth.
9915 Remember that you need to use
9918 arg "newline-insert newline"
9921 to create multiple lines inside the
9928 \begin_inset space ~
9938 \begin_layout Right Address
9940 \begin_inset Newline newline
9943 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9944 \begin_inset Newline newline
9950 \begin_layout Address
9952 \begin_inset space ~
9958 \begin_layout Quotation
9959 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9963 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9964 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9965 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9966 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9967 as soon as possible.
9968 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9971 \begin_layout Quotation
9972 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9973 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9974 with your order, along with payment.
9977 \begin_layout Quotation
9978 We thank you again for your patience.
9981 \begin_layout Address
9983 \begin_inset Newline newline
9990 \begin_layout Quotation
9991 That ends that example!
9994 \begin_layout Standard
9995 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9996 just a few keystrokes.
9997 We could have easily nested an
10018 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10021 \begin_layout Section
10022 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
10023 \begin_inset Index idx
10026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10035 \begin_layout Standard
10036 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
10037 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
10038 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
10039 be broken at the end of a line.
10040 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
10044 \begin_layout Subsection
10046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10048 name "sub:Protected-Space"
10053 \begin_inset Index idx
10056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10065 \begin_layout Standard
10066 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
10067 line at that point.
10068 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
10071 \begin_layout Quote
10072 Further documentation is given in section
10073 \begin_inset Newline newline
10077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10079 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10088 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
10089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10103 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10112 A protected space is set with
10114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10119 \begin_inset space ~
10129 arg "space-insert protected"
10135 \begin_layout Subsection
10137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10139 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10144 \begin_inset Index idx
10147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10148 Spacing ! Horizontal
10156 \begin_layout Standard
10157 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10160 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10164 The length units are listed in Appendix
10165 \begin_inset space ~
10169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10171 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10178 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10182 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10187 \begin_inset Index idx
10190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10191 Spaces ! Inter-word
10199 \begin_layout Standard
10201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10205 \begin_inset space \space{}
10208 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10209 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10216 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10221 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10222 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10225 arg "space-insert normal"
10231 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10235 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10240 \begin_inset Index idx
10243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10252 \begin_layout Standard
10254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10261 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10270 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10271 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10272 inside abbreviations:
10275 \begin_layout Quote
10277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10281 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10284 \begin_layout Standard
10285 or between values and units.
10286 Compare for example this:
10287 \begin_inset Newline newline
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 \begin_inset Newline newline
10298 10 kg (normal space
10301 \begin_layout Standard
10302 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10305 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10315 arg "space-insert thin"
10321 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10325 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10336 \begin_layout Description
10338 \begin_inset space ~
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10345 space A line with a
10346 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10350 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10354 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10357 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10360 \begin_layout Description
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10370 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10374 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10378 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10385 em) space between the arrows.
10388 \begin_layout Description
10390 \begin_inset space ~
10394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10398 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10402 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10406 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10410 \begin_inset space ~
10414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10417 em) space between the arrows.
10420 \begin_layout Description
10422 \begin_inset space ~
10426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10430 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10434 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10438 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10442 \begin_inset space ~
10446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10449 em) space between the arrows.
10452 \begin_layout Description
10454 \begin_inset space ~
10458 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10462 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10467 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10474 cm space between the arrows.
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10485 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10489 lists the different space sizes.
10492 \begin_layout Standard
10493 \begin_inset Float table
10498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10500 \begin_inset Caption
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10505 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10509 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10519 \begin_inset Tabular
10520 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10521 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10746 \begin_inset Index idx
10749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10758 \begin_layout Standard
10759 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10760 in a uniform fashion.
10761 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10762 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10763 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10764 equally between themselves.
10768 \begin_layout Standard
10769 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10772 \begin_layout Quote
10774 This is on the left side
10775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10778 This is on the right
10781 \begin_layout Quote
10784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10788 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10794 \begin_layout Quote
10797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10805 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10811 \begin_layout Standard
10812 That was an example in the
10818 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10826 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10829 is one in a standard paragraph.
10830 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10834 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10837 \begin_layout Standard
10838 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10841 \begin_inset space ~
10846 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10849 \begin_layout Standard
10851 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10855 \begin_inset space ~
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10863 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10867 \begin_inset space ~
10873 \begin_layout Standard
10875 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10885 \begin_layout Standard
10887 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10891 \begin_inset space ~
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10899 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10903 \begin_inset space ~
10909 \begin_layout Standard
10911 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10915 \begin_inset space ~
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10930 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10934 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10935 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10936 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10940 option in the space dialog.
10948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10952 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10957 \begin_inset Index idx
10960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10970 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10976 \begin_inset space \space{}
10979 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10986 What is correct English?:
10987 \begin_inset Newline newline
10991 \begin_inset Newline newline
10995 \begin_inset space ~
10998 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10999 \begin_inset Newline newline
11003 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11014 \begin_inset Newline newline
11018 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11029 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11035 \begin_layout Standard
11036 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
11037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11045 \begin_inset space ~
11049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11053 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
11055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11056 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11060 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
11062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11066 \begin_inset space ~
11070 \begin_inset space ~
11074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11077 into the phantom inset (note the space after
11078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11086 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
11087 That is why it is named
11088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11096 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
11097 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
11101 \begin_layout Subsection
11103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11105 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
11110 \begin_inset Index idx
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11122 \begin_layout Standard
11123 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
11125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11126 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11128 \begin_inset space ~
11134 There you find the following sizes:
11137 \begin_layout Standard
11150 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11155 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11161 \begin_inset Index idx
11164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11165 Document ! Settings
11170 for the paragraph separation.
11171 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11188 \begin_inset Index idx
11191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11197 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11198 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11200 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11201 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11210 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 s are described in section
11220 \begin_inset space ~
11224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11226 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11235 If there are several
11239 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11240 You can therefore use
11244 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11247 \begin_layout Standard
11252 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11253 \begin_inset space ~
11257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11259 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11267 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11277 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11278 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11290 \begin_layout Subsection
11291 Paragraph Alignment
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11301 There are five possibilities:
11304 \begin_layout Itemize
11312 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11318 \begin_layout Itemize
11326 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11332 \begin_layout Itemize
11340 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11346 \begin_layout Itemize
11354 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11360 \begin_layout Itemize
11368 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11374 \begin_layout Standard
11375 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11376 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11377 the left and right margins.
11378 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11383 This paragraph is right aligned,
11386 \begin_layout Standard
11388 this one is centered,
11391 \begin_layout Standard
11393 this one is left aligned.
11396 \begin_layout Subsection
11398 \begin_inset Index idx
11401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11402 Page breaks ! Forced
11408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11410 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
11419 can force a page break where you want one.
11420 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11421 Only if you use a lot of
11425 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11429 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
11430 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11434 have to change the page breaking.
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
11440 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11443 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11445 \begin_inset space ~
11451 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11454 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11456 \begin_inset space ~
11461 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11463 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11464 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11467 \begin_layout Standard
11468 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11469 at the top of a page.
11470 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11471 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11472 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11473 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11477 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11481 to learn more about
11488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11492 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11497 \begin_inset Index idx
11500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11501 Page breaks ! Clear
11509 \begin_layout Standard
11510 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
11511 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11512 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11513 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11514 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11517 \begin_layout Standard
11518 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11521 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11529 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11532 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11534 \begin_inset space ~
11538 \begin_inset space ~
11543 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11544 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11547 \begin_layout Subsection
11549 \begin_inset Index idx
11552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11561 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11568 \begin_layout Standard
11569 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11571 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11574 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11576 \begin_inset space ~
11580 \begin_inset space ~
11588 arg "newline-insert newline"
11592 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11595 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11597 \begin_inset space ~
11601 \begin_inset space ~
11606 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11608 This is necessary to avoid
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11616 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11619 \begin_layout Standard
11620 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11621 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11622 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11623 set a line break, e.
11624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11628 \begin_inset space \space{}
11631 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11632 \begin_inset space ~
11636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11638 reference "sec:Quote"
11643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11645 reference "sec:Verse"
11650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11652 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11659 \begin_layout Subsection
11661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11663 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11668 \begin_inset Index idx
11671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11682 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11693 \begin_layout Standard
11696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11697 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11699 \begin_inset space ~
11704 you can insert horizontal lines.
11705 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11706 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11707 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11710 \begin_layout Standard
11712 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11723 \begin_layout Standard
11727 \begin_layout Section
11728 Characters and Symbols
11731 \begin_layout Standard
11732 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11733 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11738 \begin_inset space \space{}
11741 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11749 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11753 for information on how this is done.
11756 \begin_layout Standard
11757 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11762 dialog via the menu
11764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11765 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11780 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11781 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11782 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11790 \begin_layout Section
11791 Fonts and Text Styles
11792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11794 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11801 \begin_layout Subsection
11803 \begin_inset Index idx
11806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11815 \begin_layout Standard
11816 There are two types of fonts:
11819 \begin_layout Description
11821 \begin_inset space ~
11825 \begin_inset Index idx
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11834 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
11835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11839 characters) in the font.
11840 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11841 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11842 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11843 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11844 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11845 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11846 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11847 \begin_inset Newline newline
11850 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11851 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11852 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11853 sizes than at small ones.
11854 \begin_inset Newline newline
11868 \begin_inset space ~
11876 \begin_layout Description
11878 \begin_inset space ~
11882 \begin_inset Index idx
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11891 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11892 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11893 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11894 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11895 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11896 picture manipulation program.
11897 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11898 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11899 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11900 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11901 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11903 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11904 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11905 \begin_inset Newline newline
11908 Bitmap fonts are named
11911 \begin_inset space ~
11916 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11919 \begin_layout Standard
11920 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
11921 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11922 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11923 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11924 use scalable fonts.
11927 \begin_layout Standard
11928 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11929 its document properties.
11932 \begin_layout Standard
11933 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11934 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11935 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11936 font to emphasize text, you use an
11937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11945 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11946 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11950 \begin_layout Subsection
11952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11954 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11961 \begin_layout Standard
11962 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11963 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11964 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11966 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11967 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11968 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11969 to usual word processors.
11970 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11971 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11972 across different machines.
11973 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11974 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11976 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11978 \begin_inset space ~
11982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11984 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11989 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11990 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11994 \begin_layout Standard
11995 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11996 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11997 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11998 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11999 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
12000 that is installed on your system.
12001 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
12004 \begin_layout Standard
12005 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12013 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
12014 es; so you might have to experiment.
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12023 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12031 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
12032 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
12040 \begin_layout Subsection
12041 Document Font and Font size
12042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12044 name "sub:Document-Font"
12049 \begin_inset Index idx
12052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12059 \begin_inset Index idx
12062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12071 \begin_layout Standard
12072 You can set the document fonts in the
12074 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12078 \begin_inset Index idx
12081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12082 Document ! Settings
12088 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
12089 font shapes roman (serif),
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12104 \begin_layout Standard
12105 The possible options for the font include
12109 and a list of fonts available on your system.
12114 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
12115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12121 \begin_inset space ~
12127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 European Computer Modern
12143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12153 \begin_layout Standard
12162 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12163 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12168 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12171 \begin_inset space ~
12176 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12182 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12183 There are three ways to use one:
12186 \begin_layout Itemize
12190 \begin_inset space ~
12195 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12208 \begin_inset space ~
12213 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12217 as the default font.
12218 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12219 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12222 \begin_inset space ~
12235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12236 One difference is improved kerning.
12244 \begin_layout Itemize
12248 \begin_inset space ~
12252 \begin_inset space ~
12257 fonts in (the rare) case that
12260 \begin_inset space ~
12265 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12280 Virtual means that it
12281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 -glyphs from other fonts.
12293 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12315 Loading the LaTeX-package
12320 \begin_inset Index idx
12323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12326 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12331 with the document preamble line
12332 \begin_inset Newline newline
12339 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12340 \begin_inset Newline newline
12345 will fix the guillemet problem.
12350 and that accented characters are not
12354 glyph, but build of
12358 characters, the accent and the letter.
12359 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12365 If you search for example for the French word
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12373 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12382 and not for the glyph
12383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12387 \begin_inset space ~
12391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 \begin_layout Itemize
12398 If you do not like the look of
12406 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12411 \begin_inset space ~
12417 \begin_inset space ~
12429 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12430 \begin_inset space ~
12433 serif and typewriter fonts
12437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12438 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12454 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12459 \begin_inset space \space{}
12467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12471 \begin_inset space \space{}
12477 \begin_inset space ~
12485 \begin_inset space ~
12495 , but you can also select your own.
12496 \begin_inset Newline newline
12499 The differences between roman,
12502 \begin_inset space ~
12511 fonts are explained in section
12512 \begin_inset space ~
12516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12518 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12523 \begin_inset Newline newline
12529 \begin_inset space ~
12534 was originally designed for newspapers.
12535 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12536 into the small newspaper columns.
12540 \begin_inset space ~
12545 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12548 \begin_layout Standard
12549 For the font size there are four possible values:
12566 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
12569 \begin_layout Standard
12570 The font sizes are the
12575 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12576 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12577 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12580 \begin_inset space ~
12586 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12587 \begin_inset space ~
12591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12593 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12605 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12606 a font to display the script characters.
12610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12611 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12616 So this has no effect for the document language
12632 \begin_layout Standard
12633 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12637 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12645 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12649 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12650 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12651 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12653 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12656 dialog, see section
12657 \begin_inset space ~
12661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12663 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12675 \begin_layout Subsection
12676 Using Different Character Styles
12677 \begin_inset Index idx
12680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12687 \begin_inset Index idx
12690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12699 \begin_layout Standard
12700 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12701 certain paragraph environments.
12702 LyX supports two character styles,
12711 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12720 style, do one of the following:
12723 \begin_layout Itemize
12724 click on the toolbar button
12725 \begin_inset Graphics
12726 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
12733 \begin_layout Itemize
12734 use the key binding
12743 \begin_layout Standard
12744 These commands are all toggles.
12749 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 One typically uses the
12757 style for proper names.
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12766 is the original author of LyX.
12767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 A more widely used character style is the
12779 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12786 \begin_layout Itemize
12787 clicking on the toolbar button
12788 \begin_inset Graphics
12789 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
12796 \begin_layout Itemize
12797 using the keybindings
12806 \begin_layout Standard
12811 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12812 es use a different font.
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 We've been using the
12820 style all over the place in this document.
12821 Here's one more example:
12824 \begin_layout Quotation
12827 Don't overuse character styles!
12830 \begin_layout Standard
12831 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12832 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12833 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12834 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12838 \begin_layout Standard
12839 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12849 \begin_inset space ~
12857 \begin_layout Subsection
12858 Fine-Tuning with the
12863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12865 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12870 \begin_inset Index idx
12873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12882 \begin_layout Standard
12883 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12884 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12885 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12886 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12887 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12888 from ordinary dialog.
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12893 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12894 \begin_inset Newline newline
12897 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12898 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12901 \begin_layout Standard
12902 To use custom character styles, open the
12904 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12906 \begin_inset space ~
12912 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12913 font property which you can choose.
12914 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12917 \begin_inset space ~
12922 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12927 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12928 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12929 environments in a snap.
12932 \begin_layout Standard
12933 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12936 \begin_inset space ~
12948 \begin_layout Labeling
12949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12963 The possible options are:
12967 \begin_layout Labeling
12968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12973 This is the Roman font family.
12974 Normally a serif font.
12975 It's also the default family.
12985 \begin_layout Labeling
12986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12990 \begin_inset space ~
12997 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13009 \begin_layout Labeling
13010 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13017 This is the Typewriter font family.
13023 arg "font-typewriter"
13032 \begin_layout Labeling
13033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13038 This corresponds to the print weight.
13043 \begin_layout Labeling
13044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13049 This is the Medium font series.
13050 It's also the default series.
13053 \begin_layout Labeling
13054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13061 This is the Bold font series.
13074 \begin_layout Labeling
13075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13080 As the name implies.
13085 \begin_layout Labeling
13086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13091 This is the Upright font shape.
13092 It's also the default shape.
13095 \begin_layout Labeling
13096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13110 s the Italic font shape
13116 \begin_layout Labeling
13117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13124 This is the Slanted font shape
13126 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13129 \begin_layout Labeling
13130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13134 \begin_inset space ~
13141 This is the Small caps font shape
13148 \begin_layout Labeling
13149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13154 Alters the size of the font.
13155 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13156 nal to the document font size.
13157 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13158 what you want to do.
13163 \begin_layout Labeling
13164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13185 arg "font-size tiny"
13191 \begin_layout Labeling
13192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13213 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13219 \begin_layout Labeling
13220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13241 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13247 \begin_layout Labeling
13248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13269 arg "font-size small"
13275 \begin_layout Labeling
13276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13290 It's also the default size.
13294 arg "font-size normal"
13300 \begin_layout Labeling
13301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13322 arg "font-size large"
13328 \begin_layout Labeling
13329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13350 arg "font-size larger"
13356 \begin_layout Labeling
13357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13378 arg "font-size largest"
13384 \begin_layout Labeling
13385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 arg "font-size huge"
13412 \begin_layout Labeling
13413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 arg "font-size giant"
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13446 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13447 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13448 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13449 — use that instead.
13450 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13453 \begin_layout Labeling
13454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13459 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13464 \begin_layout Labeling
13465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13472 This is text with emphasize on
13475 This might seem like the same as
13479 , but it is actually a bit different.
13485 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13487 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13490 \begin_layout Labeling
13491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13498 This is text with Underbar on.
13504 arg "font-underline"
13510 \begin_inset Newline newline
13515 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13516 when you couldn't change fonts.
13517 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13518 It's only included in LyX because some people
13522 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13525 \begin_layout Labeling
13526 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13533 This is text with Noun on.
13540 , this is a logical attribute.
13541 Normally it's equivalent to
13544 \begin_inset space ~
13553 \begin_layout Labeling
13554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13559 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13560 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13564 \begin_inset space ~
13569 , which is the default
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13577 and means normally black, you can choose between
13610 \begin_inset Index idx
13613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13622 \begin_layout Labeling
13623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13628 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13629 the language of the document.
13630 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13634 \begin_layout Standard
13635 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13636 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13638 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13640 \begin_inset space ~
13645 dialog, the settings are saved.
13646 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13647 \begin_inset Graphics
13648 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
13653 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
13654 when the dialog isn't visible.
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13659 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13666 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13667 (suppose you just set the shape to
13668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13686 \begin_inset space ~
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13719 \begin_layout Itemize
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13732 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 \begin_inset Newline newline
13754 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13768 \begin_inset Note Note
13771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13772 For more on phantoms see section
13773 \begin_inset space ~
13777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13779 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13789 \begin_inset Newline newline
13795 \begin_layout Itemize
13800 fonts use characters with serifs.
13801 These are the small
13802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13809 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13810 The following example will show the difference:
13811 \begin_inset Newline newline
13815 \begin_inset Newline newline
13820 text without serifs
13823 \begin_inset Newline newline
13826 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13827 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13834 \begin_layout Itemize
13840 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13841 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13845 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13846 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13849 \begin_layout Section
13850 Printing and Previewing
13853 \begin_layout Subsection
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13858 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13859 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13860 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13861 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13862 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13864 Additional Features
13869 \begin_layout Standard
13870 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13871 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13872 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13873 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13874 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13875 This happens in two stages:
13878 \begin_layout Enumerate
13879 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13880 generating a file with the extension,
13881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13895 \begin_layout Enumerate
13896 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13900 file to produce printable output.
13904 \begin_layout Subsection
13905 Output file formats
13906 \begin_inset Index idx
13909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13918 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13927 \begin_inset Index idx
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13931 File formats ! ASCII
13939 \begin_layout Standard
13940 This file type has the extension
13941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13953 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13957 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13964 \begin_layout Standard
13965 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13967 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13968 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13976 \begin_inset Index idx
13979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13980 File formats ! LaTeX
13988 \begin_layout Standard
13989 This file type has the extension
13990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14003 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14004 it manually with console commands.
14005 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14006 you view or export your document.
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14010 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14012 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14013 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14032 \begin_inset Index idx
14035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 This file type has the extension
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14066 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14067 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14068 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14072 \begin_layout Standard
14073 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14074 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14075 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14076 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14078 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14081 \begin_layout Standard
14082 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14084 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14085 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14091 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14093 \begin_inset Index idx
14096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14097 File formats ! PostScript
14105 \begin_layout Standard
14106 This file type has the extension
14107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14119 PostScript was developed by the company
14123 as a printer language.
14124 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14126 PostScript can be seen as a
14127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14130 programming language
14131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14139 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14145 \begin_inset Index idx
14148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14149 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14159 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14162 \begin_layout Standard
14163 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14167 Encapsulated PostScript
14168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14171 (EPS, file extension
14172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14184 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14185 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14190 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14194 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14195 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14196 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14197 EPS to avoid this problem.
14200 \begin_layout Standard
14201 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14203 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14204 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14212 \begin_inset Index idx
14215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14222 \begin_inset Index idx
14225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 \begin_layout Standard
14235 This file type has the extension
14236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14252 Portable Document Format
14253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14260 was derived from PostScript.
14261 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14270 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14271 looks exactly the same.
14274 \begin_layout Standard
14275 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14279 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14283 (JPG, file extension
14284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14311 Portable Network Graphics
14312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14315 (PNG, file extension
14316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14328 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14329 in the background to one of these formats.
14330 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14331 will slow down your workflow.
14332 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14335 \begin_layout Standard
14336 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14341 in three different ways:
14344 \begin_layout Description
14345 PDF This uses the program
14349 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14350 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14354 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14355 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14358 \begin_layout Description
14360 \begin_inset space ~
14363 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14367 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14371 \begin_layout Description
14373 \begin_inset space ~
14376 (pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly
14380 \begin_layout Description
14382 \begin_inset space ~
14389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14396 X) This uses the program XeTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14397 XeTeX is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support
14398 for direct font access (see section
14399 \begin_inset space ~
14403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14405 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14410 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14413 \begin_layout Description
14415 \begin_inset space ~
14422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14429 X) This uses the program LuaTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14430 LuaTeX is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides
14431 direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
14432 \begin_inset space ~
14436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14438 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14443 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14447 \begin_layout Standard
14448 We recommend to use
14451 \begin_inset space ~
14460 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14461 works without problems.
14466 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
14469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14471 \begin_inset Index idx
14474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14475 FileFormats ! XHTML
14481 \begin_inset Index idx
14484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 This file type has the extension
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14508 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14509 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14510 suitable for the purpose.
14511 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14512 it, but not all do.
14515 \begin_layout Standard
14516 XHTML output remains
14517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14524 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14529 LyX and the World Wide Web
14530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14535 Additional Features
14537 manual, for more information.
14540 \begin_layout Standard
14541 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14543 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14544 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14550 \begin_layout Subsection
14552 \begin_inset Index idx
14555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14564 \begin_layout Standard
14565 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
14566 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14570 and choose a file type.
14571 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
14574 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14577 you can use the toolbar button
14578 \begin_inset Graphics
14579 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14586 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14591 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14593 \begin_inset space ~
14599 \begin_inset Graphics
14600 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14606 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14610 \begin_inset Graphics
14611 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14618 arg "buffer-view ps"
14624 \begin_layout Standard
14625 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14626 viewer window using the menu
14628 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14634 \begin_layout Standard
14635 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14637 To have a real output, export your document.
14640 \begin_layout Subsection
14641 Printing the File from within LyX
14642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14644 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14651 \begin_layout Standard
14652 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14653 it directly from within LyX.
14654 To print a file, select the menu
14656 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14659 or click on the toolbar button
14660 \begin_inset Graphics
14661 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
14666 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14667 This file is then processed by the program
14671 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14676 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14679 \begin_layout Standard
14680 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14681 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14682 printing one set to print on the other side.
14683 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14684 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14685 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14689 You can set the parameters in the
14692 \begin_inset space ~
14700 \begin_layout Labeling
14701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14706 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14711 Note that this printer name is for the program
14720 has to be configured for this printer name.
14721 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14722 \begin_inset space ~
14726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14728 reference "sub:Printer"
14737 The printer should understand PostScript.
14740 \begin_layout Labeling
14741 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14746 The name of a file to print to.
14747 The output will be a PostScript file.
14748 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14752 \begin_layout Section
14753 A few Words about Typography
14754 \begin_inset Index idx
14757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14766 \begin_layout Subsection
14768 \begin_inset Index idx
14771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14793 character comes in four lengths: the
14805 , and the minus sign:
14806 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14815 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14818 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14848 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14888 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14915 \begin_inset space ~
14918 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14925 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14952 \begin_inset space ~
14955 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15010 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15017 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15029 character multiple times in a row.
15030 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15031 the final output, but not in LyX.
15033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15064 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15065 math mode and has a length of its own.
15066 Here are some examples of the
15067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15081 \begin_layout Enumerate
15082 line- and page-breaks
15083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15093 \begin_layout Enumerate
15095 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15105 \begin_layout Enumerate
15106 Oh — there's a dash.
15107 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15117 \begin_layout Enumerate
15118 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15122 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15132 \begin_layout Subsection
15134 \begin_inset Index idx
15137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15146 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15153 \begin_layout Standard
15154 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15155 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15160 \begin_inset Index idx
15163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15164 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15169 following the rules of the document language
15173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15174 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15182 \begin_inset space ~
15186 \begin_inset space ~
15193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15205 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15210 font and with unusual constructs, like
15211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15219 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15220 This is done with the menu
15222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15223 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15225 \begin_inset space ~
15231 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15232 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15235 \begin_layout Standard
15236 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15237 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15247 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15255 as a hyphenation possibility.
15256 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15257 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15258 as described in section
15259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15262 Prevent Hyphenation
15263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15273 \begin_layout Subsection
15275 \begin_inset Index idx
15278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15288 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15291 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15298 \begin_layout Standard
15299 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15300 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15301 LaTeX then adds the
15302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15305 appropriate amount of space
15306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15310 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15312 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15316 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15317 not work in all cases.
15319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15330 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15331 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15334 \begin_layout Standard
15335 Here are some examples of
15339 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15342 \begin_layout Itemize
15347 \begin_layout Itemize
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15353 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15356 \begin_layout Itemize
15358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15362 this is too much space!
15365 \begin_layout Itemize
15370 \begin_layout Standard
15371 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15375 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15378 \begin_layout Enumerate
15382 \begin_inset space ~
15387 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15388 \begin_inset space ~
15392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15394 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15399 \begin_inset Index idx
15402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 Spaces ! inter-word
15411 \begin_layout Enumerate
15415 \begin_inset space ~
15420 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15421 \begin_inset space ~
15425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15427 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15432 \begin_inset Index idx
15435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15444 \begin_layout Enumerate
15448 \begin_inset space ~
15452 \begin_inset space ~
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15465 \begin_inset space ~
15470 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15471 This function is also bound to
15474 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15480 \begin_layout Standard
15481 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15484 \begin_layout Itemize
15486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15490 \begin_inset space \space{}
15493 this is too much space!
15496 \begin_layout Itemize
15497 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15501 \begin_layout Standard
15502 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15503 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15504 will take care of this.
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15512 \begin_inset space ~
15517 feature described in section
15523 Additional Features
15528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15530 \begin_inset Index idx
15533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15534 Typography ! Quotes
15540 \begin_inset Index idx
15543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15575 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15576 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15577 and use a closing quote at the end.
15579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 The keyboard character,
15591 , generates this automatically.
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15595 You can change the behavior of the
15599 key using the submenu
15605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15609 \begin_inset Index idx
15612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15613 Document ! Settings
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15622 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15627 There are six choices:
15630 \begin_layout Labeling
15631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15643 Use quotes like this
15644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15652 \begin_inset Quotes els
15656 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15662 \begin_layout Labeling
15663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15666 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15670 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15676 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15680 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15684 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15690 \begin_layout Labeling
15691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15694 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15698 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15704 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15708 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15712 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15716 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15722 \begin_layout Labeling
15723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15726 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15730 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15736 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15740 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15744 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15748 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15754 \begin_layout Labeling
15755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15758 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15762 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15768 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15772 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15776 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15780 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15786 \begin_layout Labeling
15787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15790 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15794 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15800 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15804 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15808 \begin_inset Quotes als
15812 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15819 These settings affect what character the
15826 \begin_layout Subsection
15828 \begin_inset Index idx
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15832 Typography ! Ligatures
15838 \begin_inset Index idx
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15872 name "sub:Ligatures"
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15880 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15881 print them as single characters.
15882 These groups are known as
15887 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15889 Here are the standard ligatures:
15892 \begin_layout Itemize
15896 \begin_layout Itemize
15900 \begin_layout Itemize
15904 \begin_layout Itemize
15908 \begin_layout Itemize
15912 \begin_layout Standard
15913 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15916 \begin_layout Standard
15917 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15918 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15926 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15942 To break a ligature, use
15944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15945 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15947 \begin_inset space ~
15954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15965 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15982 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15990 \begin_layout Subsection
15992 \begin_inset Index idx
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16004 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16011 \begin_layout Standard
16012 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16013 characters in different sizes and heights.
16014 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16015 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16035 \begin_inset Note Note
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16039 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16047 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16048 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16053 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16057 \begin_layout Description
16058 LyX The name of the game, write
16059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16080 \begin_layout Description
16081 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16103 \begin_layout Description
16104 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16126 \begin_layout Description
16127 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16149 \begin_layout Standard
16150 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16155 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16163 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16164 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16165 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16168 : The actual version is
16169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16176 , the previous one was
16177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16187 \begin_layout Standard
16188 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16193 \begin_inset space \space{}
16196 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16198 This will look in LyX like:
16199 \begin_inset Graphics
16200 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
16206 \begin_inset Newline newline
16209 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16210 \begin_inset space ~
16214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16216 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16223 \begin_layout Subsection
16225 \begin_inset Index idx
16228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16239 space between two words.
16240 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16250 for units use the menu
16252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16253 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16255 \begin_inset space ~
16263 arg "space-insert thin"
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16270 Here's an example to show the differences:
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16274 \begin_inset Tabular
16275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16276 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16278 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16285 \begin_inset space ~
16289 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16301 space between number and unit
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16317 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 half space between number and unit
16342 \begin_layout Subsection
16344 \begin_inset Index idx
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16348 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16359 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16360 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16361 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16362 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16363 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16364 These bits of text became known as
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16376 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16377 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16378 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16379 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16380 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16381 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16382 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16385 \begin_layout Standard
16386 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16387 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16388 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16389 \begin_inset space ~
16393 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16395 key "latexcompanion"
16400 \begin_inset space ~
16404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16410 ] may have more information.
16411 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16414 \begin_layout Chapter
16415 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16418 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16425 \begin_layout Standard
16426 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16431 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16434 \begin_layout Section
16436 \begin_inset Index idx
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16455 \begin_layout Standard
16456 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16459 \begin_layout Description
16461 \begin_inset space ~
16464 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16465 \begin_inset Newline newline
16469 \begin_inset Note Note
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16481 \begin_layout Description
16482 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16483 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16485 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16486 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16487 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16490 \begin_inset Newline newline
16494 \begin_inset Note Comment
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16506 \begin_layout Description
16508 \begin_inset space ~
16511 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16512 \begin_inset Newline newline
16516 \begin_inset Newline newline
16520 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16530 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16531 How this can be done is explained in the
16540 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16546 \begin_inset Newline newline
16550 \begin_inset Newline newline
16553 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16554 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16557 \begin_layout Standard
16558 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16559 \begin_inset Graphics
16560 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
16562 scaleBeforeRotation
16568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16572 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16575 \begin_layout Section
16577 \begin_inset Index idx
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16589 name "sec:Footnotes"
16596 \begin_layout Standard
16597 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16603 or the toolbar button
16604 \begin_inset Graphics
16605 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
16618 \begin_inset Graphics
16619 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16628 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16657 label, the box will
16661 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16662 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16675 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16691 \begin_layout Standard
16692 Here's an example footnote:
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16701 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16709 \begin_layout Standard
16710 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16711 position where the footnote box is placed.
16712 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16713 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16714 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16715 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16716 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16721 ey are described in the
16728 \begin_layout Section
16730 \begin_inset Index idx
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16742 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16749 \begin_layout Standard
16750 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16751 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16755 \begin_inset space ~
16760 or the toolbar button
16761 \begin_inset Graphics
16762 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
16782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16789 appearing within your text.
16790 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16799 \begin_layout Standard
16800 At the side is an example marginal note.
16804 \begin_inset Marginal
16807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 This is a marginal note.
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16817 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16818 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16819 pages, right on odd pages.
16822 \begin_layout Section
16823 Graphics and Images
16824 \begin_inset Index idx
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 \begin_inset Index idx
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16846 name "sec:Graphics"
16853 \begin_layout Standard
16854 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16855 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16856 \begin_inset Graphics
16857 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16863 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16867 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16870 \begin_layout Standard
16871 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16876 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16877 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16879 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16880 \begin_inset space ~
16884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16886 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16898 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16899 of the image in the output.
16900 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16904 \begin_inset space ~
16908 \begin_inset space ~
16917 \begin_inset space ~
16921 \begin_inset space ~
16925 \begin_inset space ~
16930 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16931 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16942 LaTeX and LyX options
16944 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16945 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16949 \begin_inset space ~
16954 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16955 with the image size is printed.
16959 \begin_inset space ~
16963 \begin_inset space ~
16967 \begin_inset space ~
16972 is explained in the
16983 \begin_layout Standard
16984 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16985 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16987 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16991 \begin_layout Standard
16993 \begin_inset Graphics
16994 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
16996 rotateOrigin center
17003 \begin_layout Standard
17004 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17005 the image into a float, see section
17006 \begin_inset space ~
17010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17012 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17019 \begin_layout Subsection
17021 \begin_inset Index idx
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17033 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17040 \begin_layout Standard
17041 You can insert images in any known file format.
17042 But as we explained in section
17043 \begin_inset space ~
17047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17049 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17053 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17054 LyX uses therefore the program
17058 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17059 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17060 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17061 \begin_inset space ~
17065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17067 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17075 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17078 \begin_layout Description
17080 \begin_inset space ~
17083 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17084 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17085 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17089 Graphics Interchange Format
17090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17093 (GIF, file extension
17094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17106 \begin_inset Index idx
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17141 Portable Network Graphics
17142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17145 (PNG, file extension
17146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17158 \begin_inset Index idx
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17193 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17197 (JPG, file extension
17198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17222 \begin_inset Index idx
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 \begin_layout Description
17258 \begin_inset space ~
17261 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17263 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17264 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17265 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17266 \begin_inset Newline newline
17269 Scalable image formats can be
17270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17273 Scalable Vector Graphics
17274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17277 (SVG, file extension
17278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17290 \begin_inset Index idx
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17325 Encapsulated PostScript
17326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17329 (EPS, file extension
17330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17342 \begin_inset Index idx
17345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17377 Portable Document Format
17378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17381 (PDF, file extension
17382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17394 \begin_inset Index idx
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17404 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17405 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17406 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17421 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17425 \begin_layout Subsection
17426 Grouping of Image Settings
17427 \begin_inset Index idx
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 Images ! Settings grouping
17439 \begin_layout Standard
17440 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17442 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17443 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17445 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17446 need to manually change each of them.
17450 \begin_layout Standard
17451 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17454 \begin_inset space ~
17459 field in the Graphics dialog.
17460 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17461 by checking the name of the desired group.
17464 \begin_layout Section
17466 \begin_inset Index idx
17469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17485 \begin_layout Standard
17486 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17487 \begin_inset Graphics
17488 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
17495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17499 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17500 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17501 from the rest of the table.
17502 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17503 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17505 Here's an example table:
17508 \begin_layout Standard
17510 \begin_inset Tabular
17511 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17512 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 \begin_layout Subsection
17720 \begin_layout Standard
17721 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17722 brings up the table dialog.
17723 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17724 where the cursor is placed currently.
17725 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17726 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17727 done on all of your selection.
17730 \begin_layout Standard
17731 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17734 \begin_inset space ~
17739 helps you in setting table properties.
17740 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17743 \begin_layout Standard
17747 \begin_inset space ~
17752 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17753 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17754 current cell respectively.
17755 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17757 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17758 of text, see section
17759 \begin_inset space ~
17763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17765 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17772 \begin_layout Standard
17773 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17774 using the check box
17783 This will merge the cells to
17787 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17788 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17789 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17790 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17791 in the last row without the upper border:
17794 \begin_layout Standard
17796 \begin_inset Tabular
17797 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17798 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17800 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 \begin_layout Standard
17934 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17935 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17936 explained in the tables section of the
17939 \begin_inset space ~
17945 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17949 degrees counterclockwise.
17950 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17953 \begin_layout Standard
17954 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 Most DVI-viewers are
17966 able to display rotations.
17974 \begin_layout Standard
17979 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17984 adds lines for all cell borders.
17987 \begin_layout Subsection
17989 \begin_inset Index idx
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 Tables ! Longtables
17999 \begin_inset Index idx
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 \begin_layout Standard
18012 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18015 \begin_inset space ~
18019 \begin_inset space ~
18028 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18029 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18032 \begin_layout Description
18037 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18038 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18039 except for the first page, if
18042 \begin_inset space ~
18050 \begin_layout Description
18054 \begin_inset space ~
18059 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18060 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18063 \begin_layout Description
18068 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18069 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18070 except for the last page, if
18073 \begin_inset space ~
18081 \begin_layout Description
18085 \begin_inset space ~
18090 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18091 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18094 \begin_layout Description
18095 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18096 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18102 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18105 \begin_inset space ~
18113 \begin_layout Standard
18114 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18115 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18116 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18117 The others will then be defined as
18122 In this context, first means first in this order:
18125 \begin_inset space ~
18137 \begin_inset space ~
18143 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18146 \begin_layout Standard
18148 \begin_inset Tabular
18149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18150 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18151 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18152 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18153 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18154 <row endfirsthead="true">
18155 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18166 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <row endfirsthead="true">
18186 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <row endhead="true">
18219 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18239 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <row endhead="true">
18250 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18270 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <row endfoot="true">
18283 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20017 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20264 <row endlastfoot="true">
20265 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 \begin_layout Subsection
20304 \begin_inset Index idx
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20316 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20323 \begin_layout Standard
20324 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20325 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20326 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20327 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20331 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20332 for the cell's paragraph.
20335 \begin_layout Standard
20336 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20337 for the column in the table dialog.
20338 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20339 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20343 \begin_layout Standard
20345 \begin_inset Tabular
20346 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20347 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20349 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20439 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 This is longer now.
20500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20551 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20552 This is longer now.
20557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20585 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20591 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20597 Selection with the mouse or with
20601 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20602 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20603 the selection from outside the table.
20606 \begin_layout Section
20608 \begin_inset Index idx
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20627 \begin_layout Subsection
20631 \begin_layout Standard
20632 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20633 have a fixed location.
20635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20642 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20650 \begin_inset space ~
20655 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20656 too many notes on the page.
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20660 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20661 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20662 and pages without text.
20663 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20664 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20665 Floats are therefore numbered.
20666 Referencing is described in section
20667 \begin_inset space ~
20671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20673 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20680 \begin_layout Standard
20681 To insert a float, use the menu
20683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20687 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
20688 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20690 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20691 \begin_inset Index idx
20694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20702 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20703 paragraph within the float.
20704 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20705 by left-clicking on the box label.
20706 A closed float box looks like this:
20707 \begin_inset Graphics
20708 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
20713 – a gray button with a red label.
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20718 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20721 \begin_layout Subsection
20725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20729 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
20734 \begin_inset Index idx
20737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20740 Floats ! Figure floats
20748 \begin_layout Standard
20750 \begin_inset space ~
20754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20756 reference "cap:Platypus"
20760 was created using the menu
20762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20763 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20766 or the toolbar button
20769 arg "float-insert figure"
20773 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
20776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20779 or the toolbar button
20782 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
20786 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
20787 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
20789 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20791 \begin_inset space ~
20796 or the toolbar button
20799 arg "layout-paragraph"
20805 \begin_layout Standard
20806 \begin_inset Float figure
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20813 \begin_inset Graphics
20814 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 \begin_inset Caption
20826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20829 name "cap:Platypus"
20833 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20849 As described in section
20850 \begin_inset space ~
20854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20856 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20860 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20865 or the toolbar button
20871 and refer to it using the menu
20873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20876 or the toolbar button
20879 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
20883 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20892 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20905 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20906 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20907 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20908 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
20909 as described in section
20910 \begin_inset space ~
20914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20916 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20922 \begin_inset space ~
20926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20928 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20932 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20933 You can also set the images one below the other.
20935 \begin_inset space ~
20939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20941 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20948 reference "fig:Platypus"
20952 are the subfigures.
20955 \begin_layout Standard
20956 \begin_inset Float figure
20961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20962 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20966 \begin_inset Float figure
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20972 \begin_inset Caption
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20979 name "fig:Undefinable"
20991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20992 \begin_inset Graphics
20993 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21004 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21008 \begin_inset Float figure
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 \begin_inset Caption
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21021 name "fig:Platypus"
21033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21034 \begin_inset Graphics
21035 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
21047 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21054 \begin_inset Caption
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21059 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21063 Two distorted images.
21076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21078 \begin_inset Index idx
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21084 Floats ! Table floats
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21093 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21096 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21099 or the toolbar botton
21102 arg "float-insert table"
21106 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21109 \begin_inset space ~
21113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21115 reference "cap:Table-float"
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21123 \begin_inset Float table
21128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21129 \begin_inset Caption
21131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21134 name "cap:Table-float"
21146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 \begin_inset Tabular
21149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21150 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21217 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21232 \end{array}\right]$
21240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21244 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21265 \begin_layout Subsection
21267 \begin_inset Index idx
21270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21281 \begin_layout Standard
21282 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21283 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21284 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21286 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21294 \begin_inset space ~
21302 \begin_layout Section
21304 \begin_inset Index idx
21307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21316 name "sec:Minipages"
21323 \begin_layout Standard
21324 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21326 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21327 \begin_inset space ~
21334 \begin_layout Standard
21335 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21341 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21342 and its alignment within the page.
21345 \begin_layout Standard
21347 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21357 height_special "totalheight"
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21363 This is a minipage.
21364 The text is set in an italic style.
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21370 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21371 another formatting.
21379 \begin_layout Standard
21380 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21383 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21387 as described in section
21388 \begin_inset space ~
21392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21394 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21399 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21405 \begin_layout Standard
21406 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21416 height_special "totalheight"
21419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21420 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21421 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21427 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21431 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21441 height_special "totalheight"
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21446 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21454 \begin_layout Standard
21455 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21461 \begin_layout Standard
21462 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21463 to other box types.
21464 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21475 \begin_layout Chapter
21476 Mathematical Formulas
21477 \begin_inset Index idx
21480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21487 \begin_inset Index idx
21490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21521 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21529 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21534 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21537 \begin_layout Section
21539 \begin_inset Index idx
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 \begin_layout Standard
21552 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21553 \begin_inset Graphics
21554 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21559 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21561 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21562 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21563 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21571 \begin_layout Standard
21572 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21576 \begin_inset space ~
21581 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21584 \begin_layout Standard
21585 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21586 line, like this one:
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 This is a line with an inline formula
21591 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21600 \begin_inset Formula
21607 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21610 \begin_layout Standard
21611 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21617 \begin_inset space \space{}
21621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21634 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21635 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21639 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21642 \begin_inset space ~
21650 \begin_layout Subsection
21651 Navigating in Formulas
21652 \begin_inset Index idx
21655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 \begin_layout Standard
21665 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21666 achieved with the arrow keys.
21667 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21668 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21673 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21674 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21678 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21682 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21685 \end{array}\right]$
21693 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21698 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21699 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21702 \begin_layout Standard
21707 , printed in this document as
21708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21729 \begin_inset Note Note
21732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21733 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21734 space character (visible space).
21739 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21740 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21741 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21746 For example, if you want
21747 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21801 , since in the latter case only the
21804 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21809 will be under the square root sign:
21810 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21816 \begin_layout Standard
21817 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21819 \begin_inset Formula
21821 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21830 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21831 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21834 \begin_layout Subsection
21838 \begin_layout Standard
21839 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21840 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21844 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21845 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21846 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21847 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21848 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21851 \begin_layout Subsection
21852 Exponents and Subscripts
21853 \begin_inset Index idx
21856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21863 \begin_inset Index idx
21866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875 \begin_layout Standard
21876 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21877 way is to use a command.
21879 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21882 , type in a formula
21888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21904 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21910 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21914 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21944 , you have to use an extra
21948 to separate the hat and the character.
21950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21954 \begin_inset space \space{}
21958 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21979 Subscripts are similar: To get
21980 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 \begin_layout Subsection
22005 \begin_inset Index idx
22008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22018 Create a fraction with either the command
22025 \begin_inset Graphics
22026 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
22034 \begin_inset space ~
22040 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22041 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22042 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22047 To move back up, press
22052 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22053 \begin_inset Formula
22055 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22058 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22066 \begin_layout Subsection
22068 \begin_inset Index idx
22071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22080 \begin_layout Standard
22081 Roots can be created using the
22084 \begin_inset space ~
22090 \begin_inset Graphics
22091 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
22114 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22120 produces always a square root.
22123 \begin_layout Subsection
22124 Operators with Limits
22125 \begin_inset Index idx
22128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_inset Index idx
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22147 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22154 \begin_layout Standard
22156 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22160 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22163 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22164 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22165 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22166 The sum operator will automatically place its
22167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22174 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22177 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22181 \begin_inset Formula
22183 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22188 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22192 \begin_layout Standard
22193 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22195 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22196 behind the operator and hitting
22204 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22205 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22207 \begin_inset space ~
22211 \begin_inset space ~
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22220 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22228 feature as addition, such as
22229 \begin_inset Index idx
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22239 \begin_inset Formula
22241 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22246 which will place the
22247 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22259 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22260 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22266 \begin_layout Standard
22267 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22274 Have a look at section
22275 \begin_inset space ~
22279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22281 reference "sub:Functions"
22285 for an explanation of function macros.
22288 \begin_layout Subsection
22290 \begin_inset Index idx
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22302 \begin_layout Standard
22303 Most math symbols can be found in the
22306 \begin_inset space ~
22311 under one of several categories; including
22328 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22332 \begin_layout Standard
22333 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22334 you don't have to use the
22337 \begin_inset space ~
22342 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22343 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22346 \begin_layout Subsection
22348 \begin_inset Index idx
22351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22360 \begin_layout Standard
22361 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22366 arg "space-insert protected"
22372 \begin_inset space ~
22378 \begin_inset Graphics
22379 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22384 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22385 For example, the sequence
22390 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22394 \begin_inset Graphics
22395 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22400 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22401 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22402 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22403 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22405 Here are two examples:
22408 \begin_layout Standard
22418 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22424 \begin_layout Standard
22434 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22440 \begin_layout Subsection
22442 \begin_inset Index idx
22445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22454 name "sub:Functions"
22461 \begin_layout Standard
22465 \begin_inset space ~
22470 contains under the button
22471 \begin_inset Graphics
22472 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22476 a number of function macros, such as
22477 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22481 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22489 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22496 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22497 avoid confusions, because
22498 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22502 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22508 \begin_layout Standard
22509 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22511 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22515 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22521 \begin_layout Standard
22522 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22523 s are placed, as described in section
22524 \begin_inset space ~
22528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22530 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22537 \begin_layout Subsection
22539 \begin_inset Index idx
22542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22554 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22555 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22560 \begin_inset space \space{}
22564 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22567 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22568 Our example is entered by typing
22576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22589 \begin_inset space ~
22593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22595 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22599 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22603 \begin_inset Float table
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 \begin_inset Caption
22611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22614 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22618 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22628 \begin_inset Tabular
22629 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22630 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22632 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22633 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22717 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22771 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22825 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22879 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22933 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22987 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23041 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23095 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23149 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23215 \begin_layout Standard
23216 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23219 \begin_inset space ~
23225 \begin_inset Graphics
23226 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
23230 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23234 \begin_layout Section
23235 Brackets and Delimiters
23236 \begin_inset Index idx
23239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23246 \begin_inset Index idx
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23258 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23265 \begin_layout Standard
23266 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23267 For most purposes, using just the keys
23272 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23273 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23274 toolbar delimiter icon
23275 \begin_inset Graphics
23276 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
23281 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23283 \begin_inset Formula
23285 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23293 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23294 \begin_inset Formula
23296 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23306 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23310 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23311 left side and right side.
23312 If you use the option
23315 \begin_inset space ~
23320 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23321 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23322 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23323 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23328 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23329 inside the brackets.
23330 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23335 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23338 \begin_layout Section
23339 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23340 \begin_inset Index idx
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 \begin_inset Index idx
23353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23360 \begin_inset Index idx
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23372 \begin_layout Standard
23373 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23376 \begin_inset space ~
23382 \begin_inset Graphics
23383 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23388 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23389 Here is an example:
23390 \begin_inset Formula
23392 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23401 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23402 \begin_inset space ~
23406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23408 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23413 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23414 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23415 This alignment is set in the box
23420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23468 for every column as default.
23469 For example, the sequence
23470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23481 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23482 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23483 corresponds to the relevant column.
23484 The result will look like this:
23485 \begin_inset Formula
23488 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23489 column & has & has\, right\\
23490 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23500 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23503 arg "newline-insert newline"
23506 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23507 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23509 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23512 or the math toolbar.
23515 \begin_layout Standard
23516 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23517 It can be created with the menu
23519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23520 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23522 \begin_inset space ~
23534 Here is an example:
23535 \begin_inset Formula
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23553 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23556 arg "newline-insert newline"
23560 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23565 arg "newline-insert newline"
23568 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23576 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23577 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23578 A new row is created by every further hit of
23581 arg "newline-insert newline"
23585 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23586 Here is an example:
23587 \begin_inset Formula
23589 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23590 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23595 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23596 where you want to start the shift and hit
23601 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23602 position to the next column.
23603 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23604 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23605 \begin_inset Formula
23607 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23615 \begin_layout Standard
23616 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23623 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23624 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23627 reference "eq:asquared"
23632 The other types are described in section
23633 \begin_inset space ~
23637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23639 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23646 \begin_layout Section
23647 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23648 \begin_inset Index idx
23651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 Math ! Formula numbering
23658 \begin_inset Index idx
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23662 Math ! Referencing formulas
23668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23670 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23677 \begin_layout Standard
23678 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23680 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23681 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23683 \begin_inset space ~
23691 arg "math-number-toggle"
23695 The formula number appears in LyX as
23696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23703 within parentheses.
23705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23712 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23714 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23715 the document class.
23716 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23717 separated by a dot:
23718 \begin_inset Formula
23728 arg "math-number-toggle"
23731 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23732 You can only number displayed formulas.
23735 \begin_layout Standard
23736 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23738 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23739 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23741 \begin_inset space ~
23745 \begin_inset space ~
23749 \begin_inset space ~
23757 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23760 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23761 \begin_inset Formula
23764 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23770 To number all lines use the shortcut
23773 arg "math-number-toggle"
23779 \begin_layout Standard
23780 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23783 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23784 A label is inserted with the menu
23786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23789 when the cursor is in the formula.
23790 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23791 It is recommended to use the proposed
23792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23803 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23804 type when you have many labels in your document.
23805 We inserted in the following example the label
23806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23813 in the second line:
23814 \begin_inset Formula
23816 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23817 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23822 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23823 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23833 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23837 \begin_inset space ~
23843 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23844 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23845 as the formula number:
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23849 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23852 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23860 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23861 \begin_inset space ~
23865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23867 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23872 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23878 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23883 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23891 \begin_layout Section
23892 User defined math macros
23893 \begin_inset Index idx
23896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23907 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23908 Math macros are explained in section
23911 \begin_inset space ~
23923 \begin_layout Section
23927 \begin_layout Subsection
23929 \begin_inset Index idx
23932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23942 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23943 To set a font in a formula, use the
23946 \begin_inset space ~
23952 \begin_inset Graphics
23953 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23957 , or enter its command, listed in table
23958 \begin_inset space ~
23962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23964 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23971 \begin_layout Standard
23972 \begin_inset Float table
23977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23978 \begin_inset Caption
23980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23983 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23987 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 \begin_inset Tabular
23998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23999 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24033 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24060 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24087 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24147 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24174 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24208 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24235 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24269 \begin_layout Standard
24270 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24278 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24295 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24296 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24301 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24302 space when you need a space in the box.
24303 Here an example where
24304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24315 denotes the set of numbers:
24316 \begin_inset Formula
24318 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24326 \begin_layout Standard
24327 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24333 \begin_inset space \space{}
24345 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24349 \begin_inset Newline newline
24352 So it is better not to use this feature.
24355 \begin_layout Standard
24356 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24357 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24361 \begin_inset Newline newline
24364 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24370 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24371 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24384 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24387 \begin_layout Standard
24388 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24391 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24393 \begin_inset space ~
24401 \begin_layout Subsection
24403 \begin_inset Index idx
24406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24415 \begin_layout Standard
24416 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24418 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24422 \begin_inset space ~
24426 \begin_inset space ~
24434 \begin_inset space ~
24440 \begin_inset Graphics
24441 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24452 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24453 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24454 Here is an example:
24455 \begin_inset Formula
24458 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24459 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24468 \begin_layout Subsection
24470 \begin_inset Index idx
24473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24483 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24484 automatically chosen in most situations.
24502 For most characters,
24510 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24511 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24516 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24517 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24519 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24520 \begin_inset Graphics
24521 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24526 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24527 For example, you can set
24528 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24531 , which is normally in
24540 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24544 The four styles are used in the following example:
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24548 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24552 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24556 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24560 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24566 \begin_layout Standard
24567 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24568 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24570 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24572 \begin_inset space ~
24577 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24578 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24579 will be adjusted to correspond.
24580 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24595 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24601 \begin_layout Section
24605 \begin_layout Standard
24606 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24607 the document classes and into layout modules.
24608 \begin_inset Index idx
24611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24617 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24618 other than the AMS classes.
24620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24622 reference "sub:Modules"
24626 for more on layout modules.
24629 \begin_layout Section
24631 \begin_inset Index idx
24634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24641 \begin_inset Index idx
24644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24655 (AMS) that are in common use.
24658 \begin_layout Subsection
24659 Enabling AMS-Support
24662 \begin_layout Standard
24663 Selecting the checkbox
24666 \begin_inset space ~
24670 \begin_inset space ~
24674 \begin_inset space ~
24681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24685 \begin_inset Index idx
24688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24689 Document ! Settings
24697 \begin_inset space ~
24702 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24704 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24705 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24708 \begin_layout Subsection
24710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24712 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24717 \begin_inset Index idx
24720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24721 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24730 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24731 LyX allows you to choose between
24752 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24755 \begin_layout Chapter
24759 \begin_layout Section
24761 \begin_inset Index idx
24764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24773 name "sec:Cross-References"
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24782 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24784 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24785 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24786 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24789 \begin_layout Enumerate
24793 \begin_layout Enumerate
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24796 name "enu:Second-item"
24803 \begin_layout Enumerate
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24813 or by pressing the toolbar button
24814 \begin_inset Graphics
24815 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24821 A grey label box like this:
24822 \begin_inset Graphics
24823 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24828 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24829 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24864 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24869 \begin_inset space \space{}
24872 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24887 \begin_layout Standard
24888 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24893 or the toolbar button
24894 \begin_inset Graphics
24895 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24901 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24902 \begin_inset Graphics
24903 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
24908 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24910 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24923 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24927 \begin_layout Standard
24930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24933 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24938 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24939 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24948 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24949 \begin_inset space ~
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24955 reference "enu:Second-item"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24963 It is recommended to use a protected space
24967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24968 described in section
24969 \begin_inset space ~
24973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24975 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24984 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24988 \begin_layout Standard
24989 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24992 \begin_layout Description
24993 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24996 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25003 \begin_layout Description
25004 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25005 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25017 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25024 \begin_layout Description
25025 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25026 \begin_inset space ~
25030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25031 LatexCommand pageref
25032 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25039 \begin_layout Description
25041 \begin_inset space ~
25045 \begin_inset space ~
25048 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25050 LatexCommand vpageref
25051 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25058 \begin_layout Description
25060 \begin_inset space ~
25064 \begin_inset space ~
25068 \begin_inset space ~
25071 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25074 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25081 \begin_layout Description
25083 \begin_inset space ~
25086 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25087 \begin_inset Newline newline
25091 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25099 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25108 \begin_inset Index idx
25111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25112 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25118 \begin_inset Index idx
25121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25122 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25135 \begin_layout Description
25137 \begin_inset space ~
25140 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25142 LatexCommand nameref
25143 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25155 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25162 \begin_inset space \space{}
25166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25180 <reference> on page <page>
25182 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25186 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25187 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25188 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25192 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 You can only use the style
25201 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25205 is always possible.
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25210 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25212 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25213 \begin_inset space ~
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25219 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25231 \begin_inset space ~
25235 \begin_inset space ~
25240 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25241 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25244 \begin_inset space ~
25249 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25250 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25251 \begin_inset Graphics
25252 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25253 rotateOrigin center
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25261 You can change labels at any time.
25262 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25263 do not need to take care about this.
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25268 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25272 References are described in detail in sec.
25273 \begin_inset space ~
25277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25291 \begin_layout Section
25292 Table of Contents and other Listings
25293 \begin_inset Index idx
25296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25303 \begin_inset Index idx
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25322 \begin_layout Subsection
25324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25326 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25334 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25337 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25339 \begin_inset space ~
25343 \begin_inset space ~
25349 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25350 If you click on it, the
25354 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25355 sections in your documents.
25356 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25358 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25361 that is described in sec.
25362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25368 reference "sec:Navigating"
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25377 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25379 \begin_inset space ~
25383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25385 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25389 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25391 \begin_inset space ~
25395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25397 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25401 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25403 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25406 \begin_layout Subsection
25407 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25410 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25419 You can insert them via the
25421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25423 \begin_inset space ~
25427 \begin_inset space ~
25433 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25436 \begin_layout Section
25437 URLs and Hyperlinks
25438 \begin_inset Index idx
25441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25448 \begin_inset Index idx
25451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 \begin_layout Subsection
25462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25472 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25482 \begin_inset Flex URL
25485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25502 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25507 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25515 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25523 \begin_layout Subsection
25525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25527 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25535 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25540 or with the toolbar button
25541 \begin_inset Graphics
25542 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25547 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25556 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25557 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25558 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25560 name "LyX's homepage"
25561 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25565 , an Email address like this:
25566 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25568 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25569 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25574 , or a link to a file.
25577 \begin_layout Standard
25578 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25591 to the link target.
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25595 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25596 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25597 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25598 the text style dialog.
25599 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25603 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25605 name "LyX's homepage"
25606 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25614 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25618 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25620 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25621 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25625 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25627 \begin_inset Newline newline
25635 \begin_inset Newline newline
25642 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25645 \begin_layout Section
25647 \begin_inset Index idx
25650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25659 name "sec:Appendices"
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25667 Appendices are created with the menu
25669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25671 \begin_inset space ~
25675 \begin_inset space ~
25681 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25682 as the appendix region.
25683 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25688 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25689 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25690 and the subsection number.
25691 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25697 \begin_inset space ~
25701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25703 reference "cha:Credits"
25708 \begin_inset space ~
25712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25714 reference "sub:Export"
25721 \begin_layout Section
25723 \begin_inset Index idx
25726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25735 name "sec:Bibliography"
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25744 You can include a bibliography database,
25748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25749 Known under the name
25750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25762 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25763 manually, using the paragraph environment
25767 , which was described in section
25768 \begin_inset space ~
25772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25774 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25779 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25780 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25784 use a bibliography database.
25787 \begin_layout Subsection
25788 The Bibliography Environment
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25796 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25798 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25807 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25809 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25818 , a short form of its title, as key.
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25822 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25827 or the toolbar button
25828 \begin_inset Graphics
25829 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25834 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25835 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25836 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25837 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25842 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25843 entry with surrounding brackets.
25848 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25849 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25864 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25869 key "latexcompanion"
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25877 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25887 \begin_layout Subsection
25888 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25889 \begin_inset Index idx
25892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25893 Bibliography ! Databases
25899 \begin_inset Index idx
25902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25903 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25911 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25919 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25925 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25927 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25928 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25933 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25935 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25936 your working field in a database.
25937 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25938 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25940 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 The database is a text file with the file extension
25946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25957 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25958 The format is explained in
25959 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25965 and in LaTeX books (
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25968 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25973 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25974 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25975 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25976 \begin_inset Flex URL
25979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25981 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25990 To use a database, use the menu
25992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25997 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26010 \begin_inset space ~
26016 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26017 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26020 Add bibliography to TOC
26022 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26027 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26028 in the document or just the cited references.
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26032 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26044 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26045 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26046 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26048 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26054 For information how this is done, have a look at
26055 \begin_inset Newline newline
26059 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26061 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26074 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26078 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26079 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26082 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26110 \begin_inset space ~
26116 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26122 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26132 When you select the option
26134 Sectioned bibliography
26138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26141 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26142 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26144 Customizing Bibliographies
26152 Additional Features
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26158 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26159 the two methods of creating them.
26160 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26161 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26162 We used the style file
26166 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26169 \begin_layout Subsection
26170 Bibliography layout
26171 \begin_inset Index idx
26174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26175 Bibliography ! Layout
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26184 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26185 For this feature you need to enable the option
26191 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26195 \begin_inset Index idx
26198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 Document ! Settings
26209 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26210 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26211 in the previous section.
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26215 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26216 in the citation reference window.
26217 Here an example where we set the text
26218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26222 \begin_inset space ~
26226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26229 to appear after the reference:
26232 \begin_layout Standard
26234 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26237 key "latexcompanion"
26244 \begin_layout Section
26246 \begin_inset Index idx
26249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26266 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26270 \begin_inset space ~
26275 or the toolbar button
26276 \begin_inset Graphics
26277 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
26283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26294 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26295 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26296 by LyX as the index entry.
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26300 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26301 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26303 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26305 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26313 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26317 \begin_inset space ~
26321 \begin_inset space ~
26324 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26326 \begin_inset space ~
26332 A light blue box labeled
26333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26344 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26345 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26348 \begin_layout Subsection
26349 Grouping Index Entries
26350 \begin_inset Index idx
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26365 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26366 lists under the entry
26367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26375 First we create the entry
26376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26384 \begin_inset space ~
26388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26390 reference "sub:Lists"
26395 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26396 \begin_inset space ~
26400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26402 reference "sec:Itemize"
26406 , we insert the command
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26426 for the enumerated list in section
26427 \begin_inset space ~
26431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26433 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26441 The exclamation mark
26442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26449 marks the grouping levels.
26450 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26451 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26452 If we don't have an index entry for
26453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26460 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26463 \begin_layout Subsection
26465 \begin_inset Index idx
26468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26469 Index ! Page ranges
26477 \begin_layout Standard
26478 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26480 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26486 \begin_inset space \space{}
26489 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26491 \begin_inset space ~
26495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26497 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26504 \begin_layout Standard
26507 Paragraph environments|(
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 and another entry at the end of section
26512 \begin_inset space ~
26516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26518 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26528 Paragraph environments|)
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26556 respectively start and end the index range.
26557 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26558 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26559 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26560 An example is the index entry
26561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26564 Document ! Settings
26565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26571 \begin_layout Subsection
26573 \begin_inset Index idx
26576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26577 Index ! Cross referencing
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26586 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26587 We referred for example in the index entry
26588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26596 \begin_inset space ~
26600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26602 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26606 ) to the index entry
26607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26614 in the same section using the entry
26617 \begin_layout Standard
26620 GIF|see{Image formats}
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26624 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26625 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26626 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26629 \begin_layout Subsection
26631 \begin_inset Index idx
26634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26635 Index ! Entry order
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26644 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26645 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26646 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26651 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26653 \begin_inset space ~
26657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26659 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26668 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26669 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26694 \begin_inset Index idx
26697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26698 Dummy entries ! maïs
26704 \begin_inset Index idx
26707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26708 Dummy entries ! maître
26714 \begin_inset Index idx
26717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26718 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26723 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26724 order maïs, maison, maître.
26725 To achieve this, we use the command
26728 \begin_layout Standard
26731 previous entry@current entry
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26735 In our case we want to have
26736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26751 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26761 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26762 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26767 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26774 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26779 to generate the index (see sec.
26780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26786 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26795 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26803 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26807 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26808 index commands start with
26809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26821 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26826 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26853 \begin_layout Subsection
26855 \begin_inset Index idx
26858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26859 Index ! Entry layout
26867 \begin_layout Standard
26868 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26869 \begin_inset Index idx
26872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26875 This is an italic dummy entry
26880 You can also format the page number using the character
26881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26888 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26889 We can write for example
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26895 italic page number:|textit
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26899 to get the page number in italic.
26900 \begin_inset Index idx
26903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26904 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26909 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26927 \begin_inset space ~
26933 Have a look at section
26934 \begin_inset space ~
26938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26940 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26944 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26948 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26956 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26960 to generate the index, see sec.
26961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26967 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26976 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26977 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26978 they can be used, see
26979 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26982 key "latexcompanion"
26994 \begin_layout Standard
26995 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26997 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26998 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26999 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27000 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27001 If so, put the following in the preamble
27004 \begin_layout Standard
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 in the index entry.
27028 \begin_inset Index idx
27031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27032 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27037 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27038 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27039 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27049 \begin_inset space \space{}
27052 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27053 for all index entries.
27054 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27066 documentation for details,
27067 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27069 key "makeindex,xindy"
27076 \begin_layout Subsection
27078 \begin_inset Index idx
27081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27090 name "sub:Index-Program"
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27098 If the index entry program
27102 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27106 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27115 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27116 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27117 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27118 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27119 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27129 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27130 dialog, see section
27131 \begin_inset space ~
27135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27137 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27142 The available options are listed and explained in
27143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27145 key "makeindex,xindy"
27150 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27156 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27159 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27160 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27164 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27165 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27168 \begin_layout Subsection
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27173 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27174 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27182 next to the standard index.
27183 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27184 packages that add this feature.
27190 \begin_inset Index idx
27193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27194 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27199 package to generate multiple indexes.
27200 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27201 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27202 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27209 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27210 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27211 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27214 \begin_layout Standard
27215 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27218 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27225 Use multiple Indexes
27226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27230 Note that the list of
27231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27238 below already contains the standard index.
27239 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27240 also appear as a heading) to the
27241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27248 input field and press the
27249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27257 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27258 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27259 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27263 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27269 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27270 indexes in the LyX work area.
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27279 \begin_inset space ~
27283 \begin_inset space ~
27292 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27293 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27294 are some additional features:
27297 \begin_layout Itemize
27298 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27299 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27302 \begin_layout Itemize
27303 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27304 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27313 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27318 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27319 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27320 to the non-subindexes.
27323 \begin_layout Section
27324 Nomenclature / Glossary
27325 \begin_inset Index idx
27328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27335 \begin_inset Index idx
27338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27369 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27377 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27378 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27383 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27388 \begin_inset Index idx
27391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27392 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27398 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27399 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27405 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27409 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27410 and then use the menu
27412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27418 \begin_inset space ~
27423 or the toolbar button
27424 \begin_inset Graphics
27425 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27442 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27447 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27448 The second is the description of the symbol.
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27460 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27468 \begin_layout Subsection
27469 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27470 \begin_inset Index idx
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27474 Nomenclature ! Layout
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27487 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27493 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27501 \begin_inset Newline newline
27509 \begin_inset Newline newline
27515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27522 character starts/ends the formula.
27523 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27535 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27547 \begin_inset space ~
27551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27553 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27564 \begin_inset space ~
27569 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27570 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27575 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27582 in this document is:
27583 \begin_inset Newline newline
27588 dummy entry for the character
27593 \begin_inset Newline newline
27605 \begin_inset space ~
27615 font use the command
27644 \begin_layout Subsection
27645 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27646 \begin_inset Index idx
27649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27650 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27660 the symbol definition.
27661 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27662 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27665 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27666 LatexCommand nomenclature
27668 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27675 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27679 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27680 LatexCommand nomenclature
27683 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27688 They will be sorted by
27689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27715 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27718 will be sorted before the
27722 since the character
27723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27730 is considered in sorting.
27733 \begin_layout Standard
27734 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27737 \begin_inset space ~
27742 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27743 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27745 For the example given, you can insert
27749 in this field for the
27750 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27757 will be located before
27758 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27765 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27770 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27779 \begin_layout Subsection
27780 Nomenclature Options
27781 \begin_inset Index idx
27784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27785 Nomenclature ! Options
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27798 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27799 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27802 \begin_layout Description
27803 refeq Appends the phrase
27804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27819 to every nomenclature entry, where
27825 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27828 \begin_layout Description
27829 refpage Appends the phrase
27830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27845 to every nomenclature entry, where
27851 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27854 \begin_layout Description
27855 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27859 There are furthermore the options
27903 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27908 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27909 class options list in the
27911 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27915 In this document the option
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27930 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27931 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27936 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27939 \begin_layout Description
27949 \begin_layout Description
27952 nomrefpage Like the
27959 \begin_layout Description
27962 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27971 \begin_layout Description
27975 \begin_inset space ~
27981 \begin_inset space ~
27986 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27989 \begin_layout Subsection
27990 Printing the Nomenclature
27991 \begin_inset Index idx
27994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27995 Nomenclature ! Printing
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28008 \begin_inset space ~
28012 \begin_inset space ~
28015 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28019 A light blue box labeled
28020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28031 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28032 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28045 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28053 For example, in order to change the name to
28057 , add the following line to the preamble:
28060 \begin_layout Standard
28068 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28072 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28080 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28091 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28097 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28098 \begin_inset space ~
28102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28104 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28109 The default value is 1
28110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28116 \begin_layout Subsection
28117 Nomenclature Program
28118 \begin_inset Index idx
28121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28122 Nomenclature ! Program
28128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28130 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28138 LyX uses the program
28142 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28143 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28148 by adding options, see section
28149 \begin_inset space ~
28153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28155 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28160 The available options are listed and explained in
28161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28163 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28170 \begin_layout Section
28172 \begin_inset Index idx
28175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28182 \begin_inset Index idx
28185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28186 Document ! Branches
28192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28194 name "sec:Branches"
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28203 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28204 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28205 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28210 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28211 To create a branch, either select the menu
28213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28214 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28217 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28219 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28226 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28227 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28228 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28229 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28230 (see below for an example).
28231 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28232 to the name of the other) and to add
28233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28245 \begin_inset space ~
28248 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28249 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28253 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28254 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28259 where you can choose a branch.
28260 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28265 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28266 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28270 \begin_inset Branch Question
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28274 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28287 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28303 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28306 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28307 Consider for example a file
28308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28315 which has the above branches.
28317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28324 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28348 branch were inactive,
28349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28364 branch was active, likewise
28365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28380 branch was active, and
28381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28384 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28388 if both branches were active.
28389 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28394 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28401 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28402 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28404 For example you can define for the question branch
28408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28409 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28410 \begin_inset space ~
28414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28416 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28449 and for the answer branch
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28462 \begin_layout Standard
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28473 \begin_inset Branch Question
28476 \begin_layout Standard
28480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28509 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28512 \begin_layout Standard
28516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28544 \begin_layout Standard
28545 Now it is possible to use the commands
28549 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28556 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28559 to obtain conditional output.
28560 Here is an example formula where only the
28567 \begin_inset Formula
28569 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28577 \begin_layout Standard
28578 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28586 \begin_layout Section
28588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28590 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28595 \begin_inset Index idx
28598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28612 dialog allows you in the
28616 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28617 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28622 \begin_inset Index idx
28625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28626 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28634 \begin_layout Standard
28639 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28640 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28641 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28643 You can specify in the dialog tab
28647 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28649 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28650 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28659 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28660 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28661 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28663 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28664 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28666 \begin_inset space ~
28669 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28670 \begin_inset space ~
28673 1 will only display the sections.
28676 \begin_layout Standard
28677 The header information in the dialog tab
28681 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28682 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28687 \begin_inset space \space{}
28690 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28691 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28694 Automatic fill header
28696 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28697 title and author settings.
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28703 Load in fullscreen mode
28705 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28709 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28710 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28716 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28717 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28726 \begin_layout Section
28727 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28730 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28737 \begin_layout Subsection
28739 \begin_inset Index idx
28742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28751 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28758 \begin_layout Standard
28759 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28760 constructs, but not all.
28761 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28762 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28763 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28764 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28765 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28772 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28781 or by the toolbar button
28782 \begin_inset Graphics
28783 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
28788 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28792 \begin_layout Standard
28793 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28794 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28795 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28796 using the LaTeX-command
28802 , you can write the command part
28808 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28812 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28813 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28814 the following example:
28817 \begin_layout Standard
28818 \begin_inset Graphics
28819 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28832 This is a line with a
28836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 \begin_layout Standard
28860 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28868 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28869 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28877 \begin_layout Subsection
28878 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28879 \begin_inset Argument
28882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28889 \begin_inset Index idx
28892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28901 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28909 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28910 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28911 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28920 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28921 any time if you know the right commands.
28923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28927 \begin_inset space \space{}
28930 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28932 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28933 all caption labels bold.
28934 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28936 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28941 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28942 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28943 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28945 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28954 \begin_layout Standard
28955 As result you know that the package
28960 \begin_inset Index idx
28963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28964 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28970 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28978 \begin_layout Standard
28983 usepackage[options]{package name}
28986 \begin_layout Standard
28987 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28988 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28989 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28993 In your case the package name is
28998 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29003 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29004 So you add the command
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29012 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29015 \begin_layout Standard
29016 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29021 For more commands provided by the
29025 package, have a look at its documentation,
29026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29041 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29043 For example if you use a
29047 class, you don't need the package
29051 , you can instead write
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29059 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29065 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29066 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29067 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29074 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29078 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29079 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29081 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29082 the previous section.
29085 \begin_layout Standard
29086 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29088 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29090 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29098 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29118 \begin_inset Note Note
29121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29122 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29130 \begin_layout Left Header
29131 \begin_inset Argument
29134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29154 \begin_inset Note Note
29157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29158 defines the header line as described below
29166 \begin_layout Center Header
29167 \begin_inset Argument
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29179 \begin_layout Right Header
29180 \begin_inset Argument
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29204 \begin_layout Left Footer
29205 \begin_inset Argument
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29229 \begin_layout Center Footer
29230 \begin_inset Argument
29233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29244 \begin_inset Newline newline
29248 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29254 \begin_layout Right Footer
29255 \begin_inset Argument
29258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29280 \begin_layout Section
29281 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29284 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29289 \begin_inset Index idx
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29295 Document ! Header/Footer line
29301 \begin_inset Index idx
29304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29316 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29317 to set the headings style to
29323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29329 \begin_inset space ~
29335 As second step add in the menu
29337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29338 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29345 Custom Header/Footerlines
29346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29350 This module offers the 6
29351 \begin_inset space ~
29357 \begin_layout Description
29359 \begin_inset space ~
29363 \begin_inset space ~
29367 \begin_inset space ~
29371 \begin_inset space ~
29375 \begin_inset space ~
29381 \begin_layout Description
29383 \begin_inset space ~
29387 \begin_inset space ~
29391 \begin_inset space ~
29395 \begin_inset space ~
29399 \begin_inset space ~
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29406 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29409 \begin_layout Standard
29410 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29411 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29419 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29423 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29426 \begin_layout Standard
29427 \begin_inset Float figure
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29436 \begin_inset Tabular
29437 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29438 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29439 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29441 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29490 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 The normal text on the page goes here.
29506 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29508 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29509 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29514 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
29575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29581 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 \begin_inset Caption
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29604 name "fig:Page-layout"
29608 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
29621 \begin_layout Subsection
29625 \begin_layout Standard
29626 To define your header line, add all 3
29627 \begin_inset space ~
29631 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
29632 the optional arguments on even pages.
29633 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
29635 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
29636 Defining the footer line works similar.
29639 \begin_layout Standard
29640 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
29643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 \begin_inset space ~
29664 \begin_layout Description
29667 thepage prints the current page number
29670 \begin_layout Description
29673 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
29676 \begin_layout Description
29679 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
29682 \begin_layout Description
29685 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
29686 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
29689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29693 \begin_inset Quotes prd
29696 because it usually goes in a left header.
29699 \begin_layout Description
29702 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
29703 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
29705 It is normally used in the right header.
29708 \begin_layout Subsection
29709 Default header/footer
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29713 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
29714 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
29715 footer has the page number.
29716 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
29717 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
29718 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
29721 \begin_inset space ~
29729 \begin_layout Subsection
29733 \begin_layout Standard
29734 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
29735 Some pages are different.
29736 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
29737 a new part or chapter in your book.
29738 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
29739 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
29740 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
29743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29744 Header and footer decoration line
29747 \begin_layout Standard
29748 By default, you get a 0.4
29749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29752 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
29753 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
29765 in the following scheme:
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29775 headrulewidth}{thickness}
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29779 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
29788 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
29789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29795 \begin_layout Standard
29796 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
29797 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
29798 \begin_inset space ~
29802 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29812 Several header/footer lines
29815 \begin_layout Standard
29816 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
29817 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
29818 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
29820 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
29832 in this scheme in your document preamble:
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29842 headheight}{height}
29845 \begin_layout Standard
29846 Where height is a size in standard units.
29847 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
29848 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
29849 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
29851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 and look via the button
29868 \begin_inset space ~
29873 if you find a warning of the package
29878 \begin_inset Index idx
29881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
29890 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
29891 for your header/footer.
29894 \begin_layout Subsection
29898 \begin_layout Standard
29899 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
29900 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
29901 This example consists of the following definition:
29904 \begin_layout Description
29906 \begin_inset space ~
29915 , empty optional argument
29918 \begin_layout Description
29920 \begin_inset space ~
29923 Header empty, empty optional argument
29926 \begin_layout Description
29928 \begin_inset space ~
29937 in the optional argument
29940 \begin_layout Description
29942 \begin_inset space ~
29951 in the optional argument
29954 \begin_layout Description
29956 \begin_inset space ~
29968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29972 \begin_inset Newline newline
29976 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29983 in the optional argument
29986 \begin_layout Description
29988 \begin_inset space ~
29997 , empty optional argument
30000 \begin_layout Description
30003 headrulewidth set to 2
30004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30010 \begin_layout Standard
30011 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30013 For more special things like e.
30014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30018 \begin_inset space ~
30021 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30035 \begin_layout Standard
30036 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30042 \begin_layout Standard
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 pagestyle{headings}
30056 \begin_inset Note Note
30059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30062 switches back to page style with the default headings
30070 \begin_layout Section
30071 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30074 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30079 \begin_inset Index idx
30082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 \begin_inset Index idx
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 \begin_layout Standard
30102 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30103 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30104 to break your train of thought with
30106 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30112 \begin_layout Standard
30113 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30114 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30119 \begin_inset Index idx
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30128 as explained below, and turn on
30131 \begin_inset space ~
30138 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30142 \begin_inset space ~
30146 \begin_inset space ~
30149 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30154 \begin_inset space ~
30159 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30163 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30165 Previews of an already loaded document are
30169 generated just by selecting the
30172 \begin_inset space ~
30177 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30180 \begin_layout Standard
30181 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30182 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30185 \begin_inset space ~
30190 check box in the insert dialog.
30191 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30195 \begin_layout Standard
30196 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30200 (on some systems named simply
30205 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30207 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30213 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30214 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30222 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30226 \begin_layout Standard
30227 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30233 \begin_layout Standard
30234 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30238 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30240 \begin_inset space ~
30245 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30246 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30248 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30249 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30250 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30251 the source view window.
30254 \begin_layout Section
30255 Advanced Find and Replace
30256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30258 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30263 \begin_inset Index idx
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30273 \begin_inset Index idx
30276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 \begin_layout Subsection
30289 \begin_layout Standard
30290 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30291 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30292 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30293 The key-features are:
30296 \begin_layout Itemize
30297 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30298 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30299 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30303 \begin_layout Itemize
30304 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30305 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30306 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30307 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30310 \begin_layout Itemize
30311 Search may be widened to a specific
30316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30320 \begin_inset space ~
30323 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30324 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30331 \begin_layout Itemize
30332 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30333 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30338 \begin_inset space ~
30341 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30344 \begin_layout Subsection
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30349 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30365 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30368 ) or the toolbar button
30371 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30377 Advanced Find and Replace
30382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30386 \begin_layout Standard
30391 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30396 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30401 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30402 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30403 Pressing repeatedly
30407 keeps searching forward.
30408 Similarly, pressing
30412 searches for the entered text backwards.
30415 \begin_layout Standard
30416 While searching, the
30420 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30430 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30434 Searching for mathematics
30437 \begin_layout Standard
30438 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30442 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30443 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30446 or also something more complex like
30447 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30451 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30452 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30453 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30454 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30464 \begin_layout Standard
30465 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30466 This is done by switching to the
30470 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30475 This way, entering in the
30482 \begin_layout Itemize
30483 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30484 in emphasized or boldface.
30487 \begin_layout Itemize
30488 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30489 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30490 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30491 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30494 \begin_layout Itemize
30495 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30496 of if only within section headings.
30497 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30498 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30502 \begin_layout Itemize
30503 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30504 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30511 \begin_layout Standard
30512 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30516 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30524 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30528 button or alternatively
30550 \begin_layout Standard
30551 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30552 text segments in your document.
30553 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30557 \begin_layout Itemize
30558 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30559 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30567 with its typewriter version
30570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30580 \begin_layout Itemize
30581 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30587 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30599 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30606 (you may want to enable the
30614 options and disable the
30622 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30630 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30631 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30635 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30638 , or occurrences of
30639 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30643 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30649 \begin_layout Subsection
30653 \begin_layout Standard
30654 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30663 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30672 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30678 This is done via the menu
30680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30681 Insert Regular Expression
30683 while the cursor is in the
30688 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30689 expression matching rules
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30700 \begin_inset space ~
30703 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30704 to match expressions.
30709 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30710 same text in the document.
30711 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30712 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30715 \begin_layout Enumerate
30716 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30721 editor the fraction
30722 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30726 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30729 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30730 fractions with the given denominator.
30733 \begin_layout Enumerate
30734 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30746 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30751 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30752 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30754 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30757 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30758 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30761 \begin_layout Standard
30762 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30763 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30764 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30767 , and referring back to them through
30768 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30772 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30776 For example, try searching for the regexp
30777 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30780 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30783 \begin_layout Standard
30784 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30785 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30786 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30787 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30791 \begin_inset space ~
30795 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30798 always refers to the first occurrence of
30799 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30802 in all entered regexps.
30805 \begin_layout Standard
30806 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30810 \begin_layout Section
30812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30814 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30819 \begin_inset Index idx
30822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 \begin_layout Standard
30832 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
30835 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30842 or the toolbar button
30845 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30848 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30849 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
30850 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30851 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30852 scrolled so that it is visible.
30853 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
30854 n, if any could be found.
30855 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30859 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30860 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30863 \begin_layout Standard
30864 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30871 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
30872 a different one at the top of the dialog.
30873 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30874 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
30875 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
30876 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
30879 \begin_layout Subsection
30883 \begin_layout Standard
30884 In LyX's preferences dialog under
30887 \begin_inset space ~
30890 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30893 you can set the following things:
30896 \begin_layout Description
30898 \begin_inset space ~
30901 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
30902 Depending on your platform,
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30917 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
30918 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
30933 \begin_layout Description
30935 \begin_inset space ~
30938 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
30939 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
30942 \begin_layout Description
30944 \begin_inset space ~
30947 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30953 \begin_inset space \space{}
30957 This should normally not be needed.
30960 \begin_layout Description
30962 \begin_inset space ~
30966 \begin_inset space ~
30969 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30981 \begin_layout Description
30983 \begin_inset space ~
30986 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
30987 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
30988 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
30989 in the context menu.
30990 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
30994 \begin_layout Description
30996 \begin_inset space ~
31000 \begin_inset space ~
31004 \begin_inset space ~
31007 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31011 \begin_layout Section
31013 \begin_inset Index idx
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31025 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31032 \begin_layout Standard
31033 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31034 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31046 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31055 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31056 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31057 are available for many languages.
31060 \begin_layout Standard
31061 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31065 \begin_layout Subsection
31066 Setting up the thesaurus
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31074 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31079 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31084 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31090 en_EN for English).
31091 For instance, the English files are named:
31094 \begin_layout Itemize
31098 \begin_layout Itemize
31102 \begin_layout Standard
31103 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31104 already on your system.
31105 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
31106 \begin_inset Flex URL
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31117 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
31122 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31124 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31125 unpack a zip archive.
31128 \begin_layout Standard
31137 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31138 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31140 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31141 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31145 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31148 \begin_layout Subsection
31149 Using the thesaurus
31152 \begin_layout Standard
31153 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31155 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31158 or the toolbar button
31159 \begin_inset Graphics
31160 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
31161 rotateOrigin center
31165 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31167 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31169 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31170 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31171 and hyponyms (such as
31179 ), compounds (such as
31183 ) and antonyms (such as
31191 ), which are marked as such.
31194 \begin_layout Standard
31195 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31196 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31201 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31202 the dictionary, such as the above
31206 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31211 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31212 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31213 For example looking up the word forms
31221 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31226 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31239 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31240 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31241 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31244 \begin_layout Subsection
31245 License of the Thesaurus library
31248 \begin_layout Standard
31253 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31258 as a standalone program.
31259 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31260 The library was released under the
31262 Berkeley Database License
31264 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31265 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31266 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31268 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31271 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31275 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31278 \begin_layout Section
31280 \begin_inset Index idx
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 \begin_inset Index idx
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 Document ! Change Tracking
31300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31302 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31309 \begin_layout Standard
31310 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31311 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31312 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31313 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31317 \begin_inset space ~
31320 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31322 \begin_inset space ~
31330 \begin_layout Standard
31331 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31345 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31346 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31349 \begin_inset space ~
31353 \begin_inset space ~
31363 \begin_inset Index idx
31366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 Color ! Change tracking
31372 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31373 the cursor is in changed text.
31374 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31375 \begin_inset Graphics
31376 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
31377 rotateOrigin center
31384 \begin_layout Standard
31385 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31386 \begin_inset Index idx
31389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 \begin_layout Standard
31399 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31405 \begin_layout Standard
31406 \begin_inset Graphics
31407 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31414 \begin_layout Standard
31415 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31421 \begin_layout Standard
31422 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31426 \begin_layout Standard
31427 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31433 \begin_layout Standard
31434 \begin_inset Tabular
31435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31436 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 \begin_inset Graphics
31445 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
31446 rotateOrigin center
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31463 \begin_inset space ~
31466 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31468 \begin_inset space ~
31477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 \begin_inset Graphics
31483 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
31484 rotateOrigin center
31493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31501 \begin_inset space ~
31504 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31506 \begin_inset space ~
31510 \begin_inset space ~
31514 \begin_inset space ~
31523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 \begin_inset Graphics
31529 filename ../../images/change-next.png
31530 rotateOrigin center
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31543 Jumps to the next change
31549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 \begin_inset Graphics
31555 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
31556 rotateOrigin center
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31573 \begin_inset space ~
31576 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31578 \begin_inset space ~
31587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 \begin_inset Graphics
31593 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
31594 rotateOrigin center
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31611 \begin_inset space ~
31614 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31616 \begin_inset space ~
31625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 \begin_inset Graphics
31631 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
31632 rotateOrigin center
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31649 \begin_inset space ~
31652 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31654 \begin_inset space ~
31663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31668 \begin_inset Graphics
31669 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
31670 rotateOrigin center
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31687 \begin_inset space ~
31690 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31692 \begin_inset space ~
31696 \begin_inset space ~
31705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 \begin_inset Graphics
31711 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
31712 rotateOrigin center
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31729 \begin_inset space ~
31732 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31734 \begin_inset space ~
31738 \begin_inset space ~
31747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31752 \begin_inset Graphics
31753 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
31754 rotateOrigin center
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31770 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31772 \begin_inset space ~
31781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 \begin_inset Graphics
31787 filename ../../images/note-next.png
31788 rotateOrigin center
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31803 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31805 \begin_inset space ~
31821 \begin_layout Standard
31822 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31828 \begin_layout Standard
31829 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31830 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31831 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31832 the next change after the current cursor position.
31833 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31834 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31835 step to the next change.
31836 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31839 \begin_layout Standard
31840 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31841 to describe a change.
31844 \begin_layout Standard
31845 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31850 \begin_inset Index idx
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31860 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31861 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31867 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31870 \begin_layout Section
31871 Comparison of Documents
31872 \begin_inset Index idx
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 Comparison of documents
31886 \begin_layout Standard
31887 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
31889 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31893 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
31895 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
31898 \begin_inset space ~
31902 \begin_inset space ~
31906 \begin_inset space ~
31911 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
31916 \begin_inset space ~
31920 \begin_inset space ~
31924 \begin_inset space ~
31928 \begin_inset space ~
31932 \begin_inset space ~
31936 \begin_inset space ~
31941 enables the change tracking option
31944 \begin_inset space ~
31948 \begin_inset space ~
31952 \begin_inset space ~
31957 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
31960 \begin_layout Section
31961 International Support
31962 \begin_inset Index idx
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 International support
31974 \begin_layout Standard
31975 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31976 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31977 how to set up LyX to use them:
31978 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31980 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31987 \begin_layout Standard
31988 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31989 \begin_inset space ~
31993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31995 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32002 \begin_layout Subsection
32004 \begin_inset Index idx
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 \begin_inset Index idx
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 Document ! Settings
32024 \begin_inset Index idx
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 Document ! Language
32036 \begin_layout Standard
32039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32042 dialog lets you set
32044 the language and character encoding for your language.
32048 \begin_layout Standard
32049 Choose your language in the
32053 section of this dialog.
32061 \begin_layout Standard
32066 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32071 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32072 For details about the different encoding options see section
32073 \begin_inset space ~
32077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32079 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32086 \begin_layout Subsection
32087 Keyboard mapping configuration
32088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32090 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32097 \begin_layout Standard
32098 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32099 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32100 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32101 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32102 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32104 \begin_inset space ~
32108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32110 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32115 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32116 which one you want to use.
32119 \begin_layout Standard
32120 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32121 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32122 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32123 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32124 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32125 one to support the characters you want.
32126 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32133 \begin_layout Subsection
32137 \begin_layout Standard
32139 \begin_inset space ~
32143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32145 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32154 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32158 \begin_layout Standard
32159 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32160 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32168 \begin_layout Itemize
32169 Even if you have selected
32175 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32178 dialog, users who have only the
32182 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32186 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32187 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32188 french quotes won't show up.
32191 \begin_layout Standard
32192 \begin_inset Float table
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 \begin_inset Caption
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32203 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32221 \begin_inset Tabular
32222 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32223 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32224 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32232 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36653 \begin_layout Standard
36654 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36656 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36657 also the characters from
36669 \begin_layout Itemize
36678 \begin_layout Standard
36679 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36686 \begin_layout Standard
36687 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36688 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36694 \begin_layout Standard
36695 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36696 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36703 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36704 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36710 \begin_layout Standard
36712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36718 \begin_layout Standard
36720 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36728 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36735 \begin_layout Itemize
36748 \begin_layout Standard
36750 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36766 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36772 \begin_layout Standard
36774 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36780 \begin_layout Standard
36782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36788 \begin_layout Standard
36790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36798 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36799 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36800 Also make sure you're using the
36807 \begin_layout Chapter
36810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36812 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36819 \begin_layout Standard
36820 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36821 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36822 topic inside the user's guide.
36825 \begin_layout Section
36827 \begin_inset Index idx
36830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 \begin_layout Standard
36844 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36847 \begin_layout Subsection
36851 \begin_layout Standard
36852 Creates a new document.
36855 \begin_layout Subsection
36859 \begin_layout Standard
36860 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36861 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36862 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36865 \begin_layout Subsection
36869 \begin_layout Standard
36873 \begin_layout Subsection
36877 \begin_layout Standard
36878 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36879 Click there on a file to open it.
36882 \begin_layout Subsection
36886 \begin_layout Standard
36887 Closes the current document.
36890 \begin_layout Subsection
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36895 Closes all opened documents.
36898 \begin_layout Subsection
36902 \begin_layout Standard
36903 Saves the actual document.
36906 \begin_layout Subsection
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36914 \begin_layout Subsection
36918 \begin_layout Standard
36919 Saves all opened documents.
36922 \begin_layout Subsection
36926 \begin_layout Standard
36927 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36930 \begin_layout Subsection
36934 \begin_layout Standard
36935 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36936 It is described in the section
36938 Version Control in LyX
36942 Additional Features
36947 \begin_layout Subsection
36951 \begin_layout Standard
36952 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36953 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36954 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36955 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36958 \begin_layout Standard
36959 When using the menu entry
36962 \begin_inset space ~
36967 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36971 \begin_inset space ~
36975 \begin_inset space ~
36980 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36981 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36984 \begin_layout Subsection
36986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36995 \begin_layout Standard
36996 You can export your document to various file formats.
36997 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36998 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36999 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37002 \begin_layout Standard
37003 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37005 \begin_inset space ~
37009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37011 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37018 \begin_layout Description
37022 \begin_inset space ~
37027 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37029 \begin_inset Newline newline
37032 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37035 \begin_layout Description
37043 \begin_layout Description
37044 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37048 \begin_layout Description
37050 \begin_inset space ~
37054 \begin_inset space ~
37057 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37061 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37069 \begin_layout Description
37076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 \begin_inset space ~
37089 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37090 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37094 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37097 \begin_layout Description
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 \begin_inset space ~
37117 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37118 document will be converted to
37120 the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the latex program
37123 \begin_layout Description
37125 \begin_inset space ~
37130 LyX-Dokument in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37135 \begin_inset Quotes grd
37139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37146 represent the version number)
37149 \begin_layout Description
37152 HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37155 \begin_layout Description
37156 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
37169 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37173 \begin_layout Description
37177 \begin_inset space ~
37182 PDF-format using the program
37187 \begin_layout Description
37191 \begin_inset space ~
37196 PDF-format using the program
37201 \begin_layout Description
37205 \begin_inset space ~
37210 PDF-format using the program
37215 \begin_layout Description
37219 \begin_inset space ~
37227 \begin_layout Description
37231 \begin_inset space ~
37235 \begin_inset space ~
37240 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37241 and then exported as text using the program
37246 \begin_layout Description
37251 PostScript format using the program
37256 \begin_layout Standard
37261 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37262 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37268 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37271 \begin_layout Standard
37272 If one of the menu entries
37279 \begin_inset space ~
37288 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37289 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37290 \begin_inset space ~
37294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37296 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37301 \begin_inset Index idx
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 Reconfiguration of LyX
37313 \begin_layout Standard
37318 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37319 the export program.
37322 \begin_layout Subsection
37326 \begin_layout Standard
37327 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37328 format or send it to a printer.
37329 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37330 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37336 For more information have a look at section
37337 \begin_inset space ~
37341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37343 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37350 \begin_layout Subsection
37354 \begin_layout Standard
37355 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37356 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37357 prefix, see section
37358 \begin_inset space ~
37362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37364 reference "sec:Paths"
37369 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37378 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37379 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37380 \begin_inset space ~
37384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37386 reference "sub:Converters"
37393 \begin_layout Subsection
37394 New and Close Window
37397 \begin_layout Standard
37398 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37401 \begin_layout Subsection
37405 \begin_layout Standard
37406 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37409 \begin_layout Section
37411 \begin_inset Index idx
37414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37423 \begin_layout Subsection
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37428 Described in section
37429 \begin_inset space ~
37433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37435 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37442 \begin_layout Subsection
37443 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37447 Described in section
37448 \begin_inset space ~
37452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37454 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37461 \begin_layout Subsection
37465 \begin_layout Standard
37466 Selects the whole document.
37469 \begin_layout Subsection
37473 \begin_layout Standard
37474 Described in section
37475 \begin_inset space ~
37479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37481 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37488 \begin_layout Subsection
37489 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37492 \begin_layout Standard
37493 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37497 \begin_layout Subsection
37501 \begin_layout Standard
37502 Described in section
37503 \begin_inset space ~
37507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37509 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37516 \begin_layout Subsection
37518 \begin_inset Index idx
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37522 Paragraph ! Settings
37530 \begin_layout Standard
37531 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37532 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37537 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37545 \begin_inset space ~
37553 \begin_layout Subsection
37554 Table Settings and Math
37557 \begin_layout Standard
37558 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37560 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37561 The properties of tables are described in section
37562 \begin_inset space ~
37566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37568 reference "sec:Tables"
37572 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37573 \begin_inset space ~
37577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37579 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37586 \begin_layout Subsection
37587 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37590 \begin_layout Standard
37591 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37592 that can be nested.
37593 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37594 \begin_inset space ~
37598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37600 reference "sec:Nesting"
37605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37607 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37614 \begin_layout Section
37616 \begin_inset Index idx
37619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 \begin_layout Standard
37633 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37634 document with an external program.
37635 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37636 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37637 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37638 \begin_inset space ~
37642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37644 reference "sub:Export"
37649 You should at least see the menu entries
37656 \begin_inset space ~
37662 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37663 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37664 \begin_inset space ~
37668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37670 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37675 \begin_inset Index idx
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 Reconfiguration of LyX
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37688 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37689 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37690 \begin_inset space ~
37694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37696 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37701 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37705 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37708 At the bottom of the
37712 menu the opened documents are listed.
37715 \begin_layout Subsection
37716 Open/Close all Insets
37719 \begin_layout Standard
37720 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37723 \begin_layout Subsection
37724 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37728 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37731 \begin_layout Standard
37732 Math macros are described in the
37739 \begin_layout Subsection
37743 \begin_layout Standard
37744 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37746 \begin_inset space ~
37750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37752 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37759 \begin_layout Subsection
37763 \begin_layout Standard
37764 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
37765 opening a new view window.
37768 \begin_layout Subsection
37772 \begin_layout Standard
37773 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37774 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37775 view the same document, but at different positions.
37776 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37777 or more documents at the same time.
37778 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37785 \begin_layout Subsection
37789 \begin_layout Standard
37790 Closes a split view.
37793 \begin_layout Subsection
37797 \begin_layout Standard
37798 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37799 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37800 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37801 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37802 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37805 \begin_layout Subsection
37807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37809 name "sub:Toolbars"
37814 \begin_inset Index idx
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37826 \begin_layout Standard
37827 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37828 All toolbars and the
37831 \begin_inset space ~
37836 can be turned on and off.
37841 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37853 \begin_inset space ~
37862 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37866 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37873 \begin_layout Standard
37878 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37882 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37883 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37884 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37885 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37886 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37889 \begin_layout Standard
37890 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37891 \begin_inset space ~
37895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37897 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37904 \begin_layout Section
37906 \begin_inset Index idx
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37918 \begin_layout Subsection
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37923 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37924 \begin_inset space ~
37928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37930 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37941 \begin_layout Subsection
37943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37945 name "sub:Special-Character"
37952 \begin_layout Standard
37953 Here you can insert the following characters:
37956 \begin_layout Description
37957 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37958 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37959 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37960 \begin_inset Newline newline
37964 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 Not all characters will be visible in the
37976 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37984 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37988 ) can display every character.
37996 \begin_layout Description
37997 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38001 \begin_layout Description
38003 \begin_inset space ~
38007 \begin_inset space ~
38010 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38011 \begin_inset space ~
38015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38017 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38024 \begin_layout Description
38026 \begin_inset space ~
38029 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
38032 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38042 \begin_layout Description
38044 \begin_inset space ~
38047 Quote Inserts this quote:
38048 \begin_inset Quotes ers
38054 \begin_layout Description
38056 \begin_inset space ~
38059 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38063 \begin_layout Description
38065 \begin_inset space ~
38068 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38072 \begin_layout Description
38074 \begin_inset space ~
38077 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38081 \begin_layout Description
38083 \begin_inset space ~
38087 \begin_inset Index idx
38090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 \begin_inset Index idx
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38106 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38107 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38108 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38113 \begin_inset Index idx
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38123 \begin_inset Newline newline
38126 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38130 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38138 and this Wiki-page:
38139 \begin_inset Newline newline
38143 \begin_inset Flex URL
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38148 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38156 \begin_layout Subsection
38160 \begin_layout Standard
38161 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38164 \begin_layout Description
38165 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38166 \begin_inset script superscript
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38177 \begin_layout Description
38178 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38179 \begin_inset script subscript
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 \begin_layout Description
38192 \begin_inset space ~
38195 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38196 \begin_inset space ~
38200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38202 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38209 \begin_layout Description
38211 \begin_inset space ~
38214 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38215 \begin_inset space ~
38219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38221 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38228 \begin_layout Description
38230 \begin_inset space ~
38233 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38234 \begin_inset space ~
38238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38240 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38247 \begin_layout Description
38249 \begin_inset space ~
38252 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38253 \begin_inset space ~
38257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38259 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38266 \begin_layout Description
38268 \begin_inset space ~
38271 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38272 \begin_inset space ~
38276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38278 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38285 \begin_layout Description
38287 \begin_inset space ~
38290 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38291 \begin_inset space ~
38295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38297 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38304 \begin_layout Description
38305 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
38306 \begin_inset space ~
38310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38312 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
38319 \begin_layout Description
38321 \begin_inset space ~
38324 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38325 \begin_inset space ~
38329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38331 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38338 \begin_layout Description
38340 \begin_inset space ~
38343 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38344 \begin_inset space ~
38348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38350 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38357 \begin_layout Description
38359 \begin_inset space ~
38363 \begin_inset space ~
38366 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38367 \begin_inset space ~
38371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38373 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38380 \begin_layout Description
38382 \begin_inset space ~
38385 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38386 text line to the page border, see section
38387 \begin_inset space ~
38391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38393 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38400 \begin_layout Description
38402 \begin_inset space ~
38405 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38406 \begin_inset space ~
38410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38412 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38419 \begin_layout Description
38421 \begin_inset space ~
38424 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38425 text page to the page border, described in section
38426 \begin_inset space ~
38430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38432 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38439 \begin_layout Description
38441 \begin_inset space ~
38444 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38445 \begin_inset space ~
38449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38451 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38458 \begin_layout Description
38460 \begin_inset space ~
38464 \begin_inset space ~
38467 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38468 \begin_inset space ~
38472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38474 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38481 \begin_layout Subsection
38485 \begin_layout Standard
38486 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38487 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38495 reference "sec:toc"
38500 The index list is described in section
38501 \begin_inset space ~
38505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38507 reference "sec:Index"
38511 , the nomenclature in section
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38518 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38522 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38523 \begin_inset space ~
38527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38529 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38536 \begin_layout Subsection
38540 \begin_layout Standard
38541 To insert floats, described in section
38542 \begin_inset space ~
38546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38548 reference "sec:Floats"
38555 \begin_layout Subsection
38559 \begin_layout Standard
38560 To insert notes, described in section
38561 \begin_inset space ~
38565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38567 reference "sec:Notes"
38574 \begin_layout Subsection
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38580 \begin_inset space ~
38584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38586 reference "sec:Branches"
38593 \begin_layout Subsection
38597 \begin_layout Standard
38598 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38599 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38601 An example is the document class
38602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38609 with three custom insets.
38612 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38618 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38621 \begin_layout Subsection
38623 \begin_inset Index idx
38626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38635 \begin_layout Standard
38636 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38637 files in your document.
38638 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38649 \begin_layout Subsection
38651 \begin_inset Index idx
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38665 \begin_inset space ~
38669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38671 reference "sec:Minipages"
38676 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38687 \begin_layout Subsection
38691 \begin_layout Standard
38692 Inserts a citation as described in section
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38699 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38706 \begin_layout Subsection
38710 \begin_layout Standard
38711 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38718 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38725 \begin_layout Subsection
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 Inserts a label as described in section
38731 \begin_inset space ~
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38746 \begin_inset Index idx
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38756 \begin_inset Index idx
38759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38760 Longtables ! Caption
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38769 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38770 Floats are described in section
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38777 reference "sec:Floats"
38781 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38792 \begin_layout Subsection
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38798 \begin_inset space ~
38802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38804 reference "sec:Index"
38811 \begin_layout Subsection
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38817 \begin_inset space ~
38821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38823 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38830 \begin_layout Subsection
38834 \begin_layout Standard
38836 Tables are described in section
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38843 reference "sec:Tables"
38850 \begin_layout Subsection
38854 \begin_layout Standard
38856 Graphics are described in section
38857 \begin_inset space ~
38861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38863 reference "sec:Graphics"
38870 \begin_layout Subsection
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 Inserts an URL as described in section
38876 \begin_inset space ~
38880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38882 reference "sub:URLs"
38889 \begin_layout Subsection
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38901 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38908 \begin_layout Subsection
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 Inserts a footnote, see section
38914 \begin_inset space ~
38918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38920 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38927 \begin_layout Subsection
38931 \begin_layout Standard
38932 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38933 \begin_inset space ~
38937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38939 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38946 \begin_layout Subsection
38950 \begin_layout Standard
38951 Inserts a short title, see section
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38958 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38965 \begin_layout Subsection
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38970 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38977 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38984 \begin_layout Subsection
38986 \begin_inset Index idx
38989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 \begin_layout Standard
38999 Inserts a program listings box.
39000 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39002 Program Code Listings
39011 \begin_layout Subsection
39015 \begin_layout Standard
39016 Inserts the actual date.
39017 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39019 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39031 \begin_layout Section
39033 \begin_inset Index idx
39036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39050 of the current document.
39051 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39054 \begin_layout Subsection
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39059 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39060 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39066 \begin_inset space \space{}
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39074 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39075 \begin_inset space ~
39078 2.5 and use the menu
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39098 \begin_inset space ~
39102 \begin_inset space ~
39108 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39112 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39118 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39124 \begin_layout Standard
39125 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39126 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39129 \begin_layout Subsection
39130 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39133 \begin_layout Standard
39134 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39138 \begin_layout Subsection
39142 \begin_layout Standard
39143 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39144 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39145 on a cross-reference box.
39148 \begin_layout Section
39150 \begin_inset Index idx
39153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39162 \begin_layout Subsection
39166 \begin_layout Standard
39167 Change Tracking is described in section
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39174 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39181 \begin_layout Subsection
39186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39196 \begin_layout Standard
39197 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39199 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39203 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39208 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39211 \begin_layout Subsection
39215 \begin_layout Standard
39216 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39217 \begin_inset space ~
39221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39223 reference "sec:Navigating"
39228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39230 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39237 \begin_layout Subsection
39238 Start Appendix Here
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39242 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39243 position as described in section
39244 \begin_inset space ~
39248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39250 reference "sec:Appendices"
39257 \begin_layout Subsection
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 Un/compresses the current document.
39265 \begin_layout Subsection
39269 \begin_layout Standard
39270 The document settings are described in appendix
39271 \begin_inset space ~
39275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39277 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39284 \begin_layout Section
39286 \begin_inset Index idx
39289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39298 \begin_layout Subsection
39302 \begin_layout Standard
39303 Spell checking is explained in section
39304 \begin_inset space ~
39308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39310 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39317 \begin_layout Subsection
39321 \begin_layout Standard
39322 The thesaurus is described in section
39323 \begin_inset space ~
39327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39329 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39336 \begin_layout Subsection
39338 \begin_inset Index idx
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39348 \begin_inset Index idx
39351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
39365 \begin_layout Subsection
39367 \begin_inset Index idx
39370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39380 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39383 \begin_layout Subsection
39385 \begin_inset Index idx
39388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39389 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39400 Reconfiguration of LyX
39404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39417 \begin_inset Index idx
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 Reconfiguration of LyX
39429 \begin_layout Standard
39430 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39431 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39432 \begin_inset space ~
39436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39438 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39445 \begin_layout Subsection
39449 \begin_layout Standard
39450 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39457 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39464 \begin_layout Section
39466 \begin_inset Index idx
39469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39478 \begin_layout Standard
39479 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39483 \begin_layout Standard
39487 \begin_inset space ~
39492 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39493 found by LyX (see also section
39494 \begin_inset space ~
39498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39500 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39507 \begin_layout Section
39509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39511 name "sec:Toolbars"
39518 \begin_layout Standard
39519 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39526 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39533 \begin_layout Standard
39534 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39535 This is described in the
39537 Additional Features
39542 \begin_layout Subsection
39544 \begin_inset Index idx
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39557 \begin_inset Graphics
39558 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39566 \begin_layout Standard
39567 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39573 \begin_layout Standard
39574 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39591 \begin_inset Note Note
39594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39595 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39600 manual for more information.
39608 \begin_layout Standard
39609 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39615 \begin_layout Standard
39616 \begin_inset Tabular
39617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39618 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39626 \begin_inset Graphics
39627 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39641 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39654 \begin_layout Standard
39655 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39661 \begin_layout Standard
39663 \begin_inset Tabular
39664 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39665 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39666 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39667 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39675 \begin_inset Graphics
39676 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
39685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39691 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39703 \begin_inset Graphics
39704 filename ../../images/file-open.png
39713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39719 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39731 \begin_inset Graphics
39732 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
39741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39759 \begin_inset Graphics
39760 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
39769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39775 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39787 \begin_inset Graphics
39788 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
39797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39803 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39815 \begin_inset Graphics
39816 filename ../../images/undo.png
39825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39831 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39843 \begin_inset Graphics
39844 filename ../../images/redo.png
39853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39859 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39871 \begin_inset Graphics
39872 filename ../../images/cut.png
39881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39899 \begin_inset Graphics
39900 filename ../../images/copy.png
39909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39927 \begin_inset Graphics
39928 filename ../../images/paste.png
39937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39955 \begin_inset Graphics
39956 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
39957 rotateOrigin center
39966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39992 \begin_inset Graphics
39993 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
39994 rotateOrigin center
40003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40009 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40010 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40022 \begin_inset Graphics
40023 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
40032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40036 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40038 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40056 \begin_inset Graphics
40057 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
40066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40070 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40072 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40090 \begin_inset Graphics
40091 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
40100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40104 Formats text using the current settings in the
40106 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40124 \begin_inset Graphics
40125 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
40134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40141 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40157 \begin_inset Graphics
40158 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
40159 rotateOrigin center
40168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 \begin_inset Graphics
40187 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
40188 rotateOrigin center
40197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40215 \begin_inset Graphics
40216 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
40217 rotateOrigin center
40226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40230 Toggle outline window on/off,
40232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40244 \begin_inset Graphics
40245 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
40246 rotateOrigin center
40255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40259 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40270 \begin_inset Graphics
40271 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
40272 rotateOrigin center
40281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40285 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40298 \begin_layout Subsection
40300 \begin_inset Index idx
40303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 \begin_layout Standard
40313 \begin_inset Graphics
40314 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40322 \begin_layout Standard
40323 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40334 \begin_layout Standard
40335 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40341 \begin_layout Standard
40342 \begin_inset Tabular
40343 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40344 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40345 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40346 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40352 \begin_inset Graphics
40353 filename ../../images/layout.png
40354 rotateOrigin center
40363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40378 \begin_inset Graphics
40379 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
40380 rotateOrigin center
40389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40404 \begin_inset Graphics
40405 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
40406 rotateOrigin center
40415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40430 \begin_inset Graphics
40431 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
40432 rotateOrigin center
40441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40456 \begin_inset Graphics
40457 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
40458 rotateOrigin center
40467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40482 \begin_inset Graphics
40483 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
40484 rotateOrigin center
40493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40499 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40501 \begin_inset space ~
40505 \begin_inset space ~
40514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40519 \begin_inset Graphics
40520 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
40521 rotateOrigin center
40530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40538 \begin_inset space ~
40542 \begin_inset space ~
40551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40556 \begin_inset Graphics
40557 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
40566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40573 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40585 \begin_inset Graphics
40586 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
40595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40602 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 \begin_inset Graphics
40615 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
40624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 \begin_inset Graphics
40643 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
40652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40670 \begin_inset Graphics
40671 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
40680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40698 \begin_inset Graphics
40699 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
40708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 \begin_inset Graphics
40731 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
40740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40748 \begin_inset space ~
40757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_inset Graphics
40763 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
40772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40790 \begin_inset Graphics
40791 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
40792 rotateOrigin center
40801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40809 \begin_inset space ~
40818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40823 \begin_inset Graphics
40824 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
40833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40840 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40842 \begin_inset space ~
40851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40856 \begin_inset Graphics
40857 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
40866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40884 \begin_inset Graphics
40885 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
40894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40912 \begin_inset Graphics
40913 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
40922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40955 \begin_inset Graphics
40956 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
40965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40972 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 \begin_inset Graphics
40985 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
40994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41001 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41003 \begin_inset space ~
41012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 \begin_inset Graphics
41018 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
41019 rotateOrigin center
41028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41036 \begin_inset space ~
41045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41050 \begin_inset Graphics
41051 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
41052 rotateOrigin center
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41069 \begin_inset space ~
41078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41083 \begin_inset Graphics
41084 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
41085 rotateOrigin center
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41114 \begin_layout Subsection
41115 View / Update Toolbar
41116 \begin_inset Index idx
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41120 Toolbar ! View / Update
41128 \begin_layout Standard
41129 \begin_inset Graphics
41130 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41137 \begin_layout Standard
41138 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41144 \begin_layout Standard
41145 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41149 \begin_layout Standard
41150 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41156 \begin_layout Standard
41157 \begin_inset Tabular
41158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
41159 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41160 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41161 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41167 \begin_inset Graphics
41168 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
41169 rotateOrigin center
41178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 \begin_inset Graphics
41197 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
41198 rotateOrigin center
41207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41214 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41226 \begin_inset Graphics
41227 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
41228 rotateOrigin center
41237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41243 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 \begin_inset Graphics
41256 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
41257 rotateOrigin center
41266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41273 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41280 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41285 \begin_inset Graphics
41286 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
41287 rotateOrigin center
41296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41302 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 \begin_inset Graphics
41315 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
41316 rotateOrigin center
41325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41331 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41332 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41346 \begin_layout Subsection
41350 \begin_layout Standard
41351 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41352 \begin_inset space ~
41356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41358 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41362 , the table toolbar
41363 \begin_inset Index idx
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 manual, the math macro toolbar
41377 \begin_inset Index idx
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 \begin_layout Chapter
41394 The Document Settings
41395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41397 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41402 \begin_inset Index idx
41405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 Document ! Settings
41414 \begin_layout Standard
41415 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41416 whole document and is called with the menu
41418 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41422 You can save your document settings as default with th
41424 e Save as Document Defaults
41426 button in the dialog.
41427 This will create a template name
41435 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41439 \begin_layout Standard
41440 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41443 \begin_layout Section
41447 \begin_layout Standard
41448 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41450 Document classes are described in section
41451 \begin_inset space ~
41455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41457 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41462 Some classes use some class options by default.
41463 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41467 and you can decide to use them or not.
41468 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41469 recommended not to touch them.
41470 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41476 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41477 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41483 When you want to use one of the following drivers
41484 \begin_inset Newline newline
41489 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41492 \begin_inset Newline newline
41495 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41500 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41502 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41514 \begin_layout Standard
41515 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41516 child or subdocument.
41517 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41518 without its master.
41519 This way child documents are always compilable.
41520 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41531 \begin_layout Section
41535 \begin_layout Standard
41536 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41537 Please refer to the section
41545 manual for details.
41548 \begin_layout Section
41552 \begin_layout Standard
41553 Modules are explained in section
41554 \begin_inset space ~
41558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41560 reference "sub:Modules"
41567 \begin_layout Section
41571 \begin_layout Standard
41572 The document font settings are described in section
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41579 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41586 \begin_layout Section
41590 \begin_layout Standard
41591 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41593 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41597 \begin_layout Standard
41598 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41599 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41600 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41603 \begin_layout Standard
41604 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41612 \begin_layout Section
41616 \begin_layout Standard
41617 A description of this menu is given in section
41618 \begin_inset space ~
41622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41624 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41631 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41638 \begin_layout Section
41642 \begin_layout Standard
41643 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41644 \begin_inset space ~
41648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41650 reference "sub:Margins"
41657 \begin_layout Section
41659 \begin_inset Index idx
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41663 Language ! Encoding
41671 \begin_layout Standard
41672 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41673 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41674 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41675 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41676 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41677 known for a particular character).
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41683 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41688 manual for details.
41696 \begin_layout Standard
41697 If you use the option
41701 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41702 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41703 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41704 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41705 exactly one encoding.
41706 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
41714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
41716 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
41718 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
41719 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41733 \begin_layout Standard
41734 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41735 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41736 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41737 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41738 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41739 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41744 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41745 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41746 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41749 \begin_layout Standard
41750 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41753 \begin_layout Description
41755 \begin_inset space ~
41759 \begin_inset space ~
41763 \begin_inset space ~
41770 , but the LaTeX-package
41775 \begin_inset Index idx
41778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41779 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41785 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41786 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41787 languages in TeX code.
41790 \begin_layout Description
41791 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41792 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41793 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41796 \begin_layout Description
41798 \begin_inset space ~
41802 \begin_inset space ~
41805 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41808 \begin_layout Description
41810 \begin_inset space ~
41814 \begin_inset space ~
41817 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41820 \begin_layout Description
41822 \begin_inset space ~
41825 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41828 \begin_layout Description
41830 \begin_inset space ~
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41837 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
41838 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41841 \begin_layout Description
41843 \begin_inset space ~
41847 \begin_inset space ~
41850 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41854 \begin_layout Description
41856 \begin_inset space ~
41860 \begin_inset space ~
41863 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41864 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41867 \begin_layout Description
41869 \begin_inset space ~
41873 \begin_inset space ~
41877 \begin_inset space ~
41880 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41881 \begin_inset space ~
41887 \begin_layout Description
41889 \begin_inset space ~
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41897 \begin_inset space ~
41900 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41901 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
41904 \begin_layout Description
41906 \begin_inset space ~
41910 \begin_inset space ~
41913 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41914 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41915 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41916 \begin_inset space ~
41920 \begin_inset space ~
41926 \begin_layout Description
41928 \begin_inset space ~
41932 \begin_inset space ~
41935 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41936 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41937 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41938 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41943 \begin_inset space ~
41949 \begin_layout Description
41951 \begin_inset space ~
41955 \begin_inset space ~
41958 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41961 \begin_layout Description
41963 \begin_inset space ~
41967 \begin_inset space ~
41970 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41973 \begin_layout Description
41975 \begin_inset space ~
41979 \begin_inset space ~
41982 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
41985 \begin_layout Description
41987 \begin_inset space ~
41990 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41993 \begin_layout Description
41995 \begin_inset space ~
41998 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42001 \begin_layout Description
42003 \begin_inset space ~
42007 \begin_inset space ~
42010 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42013 \begin_layout Description
42015 \begin_inset space ~
42019 \begin_inset space ~
42025 \begin_layout Description
42027 \begin_inset space ~
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42034 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42037 \begin_layout Description
42039 \begin_inset space ~
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42049 \begin_layout Description
42051 \begin_inset space ~
42055 \begin_inset space ~
42058 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42063 \begin_inset Index idx
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42067 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42072 , when using this, set the document language to
42077 \begin_layout Description
42079 \begin_inset space ~
42083 \begin_inset space ~
42086 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42090 , when using this, set the document language to
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42104 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42109 \begin_inset Index idx
42112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42113 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42118 , when using this, set the document language to
42123 \begin_layout Description
42125 \begin_inset space ~
42129 \begin_inset space ~
42132 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42136 , when using this, set the document language to
42141 \begin_layout Description
42143 \begin_inset space ~
42147 \begin_inset space ~
42150 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42154 , when using this, set the document language to
42159 \begin_layout Description
42161 \begin_inset space ~
42164 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42167 \begin_layout Description
42169 \begin_inset space ~
42173 \begin_inset space ~
42177 \begin_inset space ~
42180 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
42183 \begin_layout Description
42185 \begin_inset space ~
42189 \begin_inset space ~
42193 \begin_inset space ~
42196 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42197 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
42198 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42201 \begin_layout Description
42203 \begin_inset space ~
42207 \begin_inset space ~
42213 \begin_layout Description
42215 \begin_inset space ~
42219 \begin_inset space ~
42222 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42223 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42226 \begin_layout Description
42228 \begin_inset space ~
42232 \begin_inset space ~
42235 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42240 \begin_inset Index idx
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42244 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42249 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42252 \begin_layout Description
42254 \begin_inset space ~
42258 \begin_inset space ~
42261 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42265 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42274 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
42275 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42289 \begin_layout Description
42291 \begin_inset space ~
42295 \begin_inset space ~
42298 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
42303 \begin_inset Index idx
42306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42312 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42315 \begin_layout Description
42317 \begin_inset space ~
42320 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42325 \begin_inset Index idx
42328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42335 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42339 \begin_layout Description
42341 \begin_inset space ~
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42349 \begin_inset space ~
42352 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42353 \begin_inset space ~
42359 \begin_layout Description
42361 \begin_inset space ~
42365 \begin_inset space ~
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42372 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42373 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42374 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
42378 \begin_layout Description
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42384 \begin_inset space ~
42388 \begin_inset space ~
42391 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42392 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42395 \begin_layout Section
42399 \begin_layout Standard
42400 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42401 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42402 \begin_inset space ~
42406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42408 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42415 \begin_layout Section
42419 \begin_layout Standard
42420 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42425 \begin_inset Index idx
42428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42439 \begin_inset Index idx
42442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42448 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42453 \begin_inset Index idx
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42462 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42464 For a further description see section
42465 \begin_inset space ~
42469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42471 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42478 \begin_layout Section
42482 \begin_layout Standard
42483 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42484 and you can define additional indexes.
42485 Please refer to section
42486 \begin_inset space ~
42490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42492 reference "sec:Index"
42499 \begin_layout Section
42503 \begin_layout Standard
42504 The PDF properties are explained in section
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42511 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42518 \begin_layout Section
42522 \begin_layout Standard
42523 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42528 \begin_inset Index idx
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42532 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42542 \begin_inset Index idx
42545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42546 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42551 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42554 \begin_layout Standard
42559 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42560 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42563 \begin_layout Standard
42568 is used for special integral characters.
42571 \begin_layout Section
42575 \begin_layout Standard
42576 The float placement options are described in section
42579 \begin_inset space ~
42587 \begin_inset space ~
42595 \begin_layout Section
42599 \begin_layout Standard
42600 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42601 The itemize environment is described in section
42602 \begin_inset space ~
42606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42608 reference "sec:Itemize"
42615 \begin_layout Section
42619 \begin_layout Standard
42620 Branches are described in section
42621 \begin_inset space ~
42625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42627 reference "sec:Branches"
42634 \begin_layout Section
42639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 \begin_layout Standard
42650 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42651 to define LaTeX-commands.
42652 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42653 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42657 \begin_layout Standard
42658 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42659 \begin_inset space ~
42663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42665 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42672 \begin_layout Chapter
42678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42680 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42685 \begin_inset Index idx
42688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42697 \begin_layout Standard
42698 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42700 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42704 It has the following submenus.
42707 \begin_layout Section
42711 \begin_layout Subsection
42715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42716 User Interface File
42717 \begin_inset Index idx
42720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42721 Customization ! of toolbars
42727 \begin_inset Index idx
42730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42731 Customization ! of menus
42739 \begin_layout Standard
42740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42748 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42757 \begin_layout Standard
42758 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42759 interface (ui) file.
42760 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42761 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42770 Both files are loaded by the
42775 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42776 files and edit the entries.
42779 \begin_layout Standard
42780 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42792 entries must be ended with an explicit
42817 and in the case of the
42818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42830 The syntax for the entries is:
42833 \begin_layout Standard
42834 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42862 \begin_layout Standard
42864 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42867 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42869 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42871 \begin_inset space ~
42879 \begin_layout Standard
42880 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42886 \begin_layout Standard
42887 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42889 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42892 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42896 \begin_layout Standard
42897 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42921 \begin_layout Standard
42923 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42926 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42933 \begin_layout Standard
42936 Enable tool tips in main work area
42938 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42946 \begin_layout Standard
42950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42957 restoring of window layout and geometries
42959 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42960 in the last LyX session.
42963 \begin_layout Standard
42966 Restore cursor positions
42968 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42972 \begin_layout Standard
42975 Load opened files from last session
42977 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42984 name "sub:Backup documents"
42989 \begin_inset Index idx
42992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43001 \begin_layout Standard
43006 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43009 \begin_layout Standard
43014 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43017 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43019 \begin_inset space ~
43027 \begin_layout Standard
43030 Open documents in tabs
43032 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43036 \begin_layout Subsection
43038 \begin_inset Index idx
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43050 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43057 \begin_layout Standard
43058 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43061 \begin_layout Standard
43062 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43070 This section only deals with the fonts
43075 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43078 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43079 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43090 \begin_layout Standard
43091 By default, LyX uses
43095 as roman (serif) font,
43103 (depends on the system) as
43106 \begin_inset space ~
43122 \begin_layout Standard
43123 You can change the font size with the
43128 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43129 current LyX session by pressing
43133 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43136 \begin_layout Standard
43141 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43142 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43147 points have the size of 1
43148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43152 \begin_inset space ~
43156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43158 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43165 \begin_layout Standard
43170 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43175 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43176 \begin_inset space ~
43180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43182 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43189 \begin_layout Standard
43192 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43194 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43195 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43196 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43197 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43199 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43200 \begin_inset space ~
43206 \begin_layout Subsection
43208 \begin_inset Index idx
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43218 \begin_inset Index idx
43221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43230 \begin_layout Standard
43231 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43232 Choose an item in the list and use the
43239 \begin_layout Subsection
43241 \begin_inset Index idx
43244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 \begin_layout Standard
43254 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43257 \begin_layout Standard
43262 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43263 This feature is described in section
43264 \begin_inset space ~
43268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43270 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43277 \begin_layout Standard
43281 \begin_inset space ~
43285 \begin_inset space ~
43289 \begin_inset space ~
43294 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43297 \begin_layout Section
43299 \begin_inset Index idx
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43311 \begin_layout Subsection
43315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43319 \begin_layout Standard
43322 Cursor follows scrollbar
43324 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43328 \begin_layout Standard
43331 Sort environments alphabetically
43333 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43336 \begin_layout Standard
43339 Group environments by their category
43341 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43344 \begin_layout Standard
43345 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43361 \begin_layout Standard
43362 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43367 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43368 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43372 \begin_layout Subsection
43374 \begin_inset Index idx
43377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43384 \begin_inset Index idx
43387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43388 Settings ! Shortcuts
43396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43400 \begin_layout Standard
43401 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43402 Several binding files are available:
43405 \begin_layout Description
43406 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43409 \begin_layout Description
43410 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43421 \begin_layout Description
43422 mac.bind set of bindings for
43425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43433 \begin_layout Standard
43434 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43438 , and bind files for special languages.
43439 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43444 \begin_inset space \space{}
43448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43456 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43460 \begin_layout Standard
43461 Some bind-files, like
43465 , have only a small scope.
43466 When looking at the end of the file
43470 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43477 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43482 \begin_inset Index idx
43485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43486 Key Bindings ! Editing
43494 \begin_layout Standard
43495 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43496 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43497 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43500 Show key-bindings containing
43503 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43504 Insert there for example as keyword
43505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43512 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43522 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43523 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43527 that you will find in the
43534 \begin_layout Standard
43536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43540 \begin_inset space \space{}
43551 , select the function and press the
43556 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43557 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43558 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43559 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43560 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43562 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43564 The binding for the function
43568 is an example of this.
43571 \begin_layout Standard
43572 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43574 The syntax of the entries is:
43577 \begin_layout Standard
43583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43601 \begin_layout Subsection
43603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43605 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43610 \begin_inset Index idx
43613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43620 \begin_inset Index idx
43623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43624 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43632 \begin_layout Standard
43633 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43634 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43640 \begin_inset space \space{}
43643 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43644 can use the keyboard map file named
43651 \begin_layout Standard
43652 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43660 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43668 \begin_layout Standard
43669 Besides this, you can specify here the
43671 Wheel scrolling speed
43674 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43678 \begin_layout Subsection
43680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43682 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43687 \begin_inset Index idx
43690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43699 \begin_layout Standard
43700 Input completion is described in sec.
43701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43707 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43712 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43714 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43715 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43719 \begin_layout Section
43721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43728 \begin_inset Index idx
43731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43738 \begin_inset Index idx
43741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43750 \begin_layout Description
43752 \begin_inset space ~
43755 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43756 It is the default when you
43767 \begin_inset space ~
43775 \begin_layout Description
43777 \begin_inset space ~
43780 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43782 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43784 \begin_inset space ~
43788 \begin_inset space ~
43796 \begin_layout Description
43798 \begin_inset space ~
43801 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43807 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43811 \begin_inset Newline newline
43815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43827 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43835 \begin_layout Description
43837 \begin_inset space ~
43841 \begin_inset Index idx
43844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43850 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43851 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43852 \begin_inset space ~
43856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43858 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43866 will be used to save the backups.
43867 \begin_inset Newline newline
43870 The backup files have the ending
43871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43881 \begin_layout Description
43886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43893 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43894 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43895 \begin_inset Newline newline
43902 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
43903 You can edit this file with the program
43912 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43921 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
43926 and click on the LyX-symbol.
43927 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
43933 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
43934 \begin_inset Newline newline
43938 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43946 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43954 \begin_layout Description
43956 \begin_inset space ~
43959 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43962 \begin_layout Description
43964 \begin_inset space ~
43967 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43968 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43969 to find it on the system.
43970 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43971 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43980 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43981 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43985 \begin_layout Section
43989 \begin_layout Standard
43990 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43991 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43993 \begin_inset space ~
43997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43999 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44003 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44006 \begin_layout Section
44008 \begin_inset Index idx
44011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44012 Language ! Settings
44018 \begin_inset Index idx
44021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44022 Settings ! Language
44030 \begin_layout Subsection
44034 \begin_layout Description
44036 \begin_inset space ~
44040 \begin_inset space ~
44043 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44044 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44045 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44046 You find the actual translation status here:
44047 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44049 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44050 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44057 \begin_layout Description
44059 \begin_inset space ~
44062 language is the language used in new documents
44065 \begin_layout Description
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44070 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
44072 The default is the LaTeX-command
44078 that loads the package
44086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44087 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44088 \begin_inset space ~
44092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44094 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44104 \begin_inset Newline newline
44111 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44112 to the document language.
44113 A text label is, for instance, the word
44114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44121 at the beginning of every table caption.
44124 \begin_layout Description
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44129 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44130 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44131 An example is the start command
44137 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44142 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44157 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44162 \begin_layout Description
44164 \begin_inset space ~
44172 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44173 command toggles the package on and off.
44176 \begin_layout Description
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44188 \begin_layout Description
44189 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
44190 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
44191 used by all LaTeX-packages.
44192 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44199 \begin_layout Description
44201 \begin_inset space ~
44204 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44206 When this option is not set, the
44209 \begin_inset space ~
44214 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44215 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44226 \begin_layout Description
44228 \begin_inset space ~
44234 \begin_inset space ~
44240 When it is not set, the
44243 \begin_inset space ~
44248 is set to the end of the document.
44251 \begin_layout Description
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44257 \begin_inset space ~
44260 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44261 language will be underlined blue.
44264 \begin_layout Description
44266 \begin_inset space ~
44270 \begin_inset space ~
44273 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44274 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44277 \begin_layout Description
44279 \begin_inset space ~
44282 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44283 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44284 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44285 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44288 \begin_layout Subsection
44292 \begin_layout Standard
44293 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44294 \begin_inset space ~
44298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44300 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44307 \begin_layout Section
44311 \begin_layout Subsection
44313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44320 \begin_inset Index idx
44323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44330 \begin_inset Index idx
44333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44342 \begin_layout Description
44344 \begin_inset space ~
44347 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44348 The name will be used when the
44353 \begin_inset Newline newline
44357 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44365 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44373 \begin_layout Description
44375 \begin_inset space ~
44378 command is the command LyX
44379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44386 LaTeX uses for printing.
44387 The default is on most systems
44394 \begin_layout Description
44396 \begin_inset space ~
44400 \begin_inset space ~
44403 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44404 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44405 of the program that provides the
44412 \begin_layout Description
44414 \begin_inset space ~
44418 \begin_inset space ~
44422 \begin_inset space ~
44425 printer This option works only for the
44430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44442 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44443 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44446 \begin_layout Subsection
44448 \begin_inset Index idx
44451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44458 \begin_inset Index idx
44461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44462 Settings ! Date format
44470 \begin_layout Standard
44471 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44472 \begin_inset Newline newline
44476 \begin_inset Flex URL
44479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44481 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44487 \begin_inset Newline newline
44490 For example the format
44491 \begin_inset Newline newline
44495 \begin_inset Newline newline
44498 prints the date as day/month/year.
44501 \begin_layout Subsection
44505 \begin_layout Description
44507 \begin_inset space ~
44511 \begin_inset space ~
44514 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44517 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44518 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44520 \begin_inset space ~
44526 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44530 \begin_layout Description
44532 \begin_inset space ~
44535 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44540 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44541 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44544 \begin_layout Subsection
44549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44559 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44564 \begin_inset Index idx
44567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44576 \begin_layout Description
44581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44589 \begin_inset space ~
44592 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44597 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44619 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44632 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44633 LyX sets up in the background.
44634 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44637 \begin_layout Description
44639 \begin_inset space ~
44643 \begin_inset space ~
44646 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44651 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44654 \begin_layout Standard
44655 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44656 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44657 manuals of the applications.
44658 Currently the following commands can be set:
44661 \begin_layout Description
44666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44674 \begin_inset space ~
44677 command Command for the program
44681 that is described in the section
44687 Additional Features
44692 \begin_layout Description
44697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44705 \begin_inset space ~
44708 command Command for the program
44712 that generates the bibliography, see section
44713 \begin_inset space ~
44717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44719 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44726 \begin_layout Description
44728 \begin_inset space ~
44731 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44732 \begin_inset space ~
44736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44738 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44745 \begin_layout Description
44747 \begin_inset space ~
44750 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44751 \begin_inset space ~
44755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44757 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44764 \begin_layout Description
44766 \begin_inset space ~
44770 \begin_inset space ~
44774 \begin_inset space ~
44778 \begin_inset space ~
44781 options They only have an effect when the program
44785 is used as DVI-viewer.
44788 \begin_layout Standard
44789 There are additionally the following options:
44792 \begin_layout Description
44794 \begin_inset space ~
44798 \begin_inset space ~
44802 \begin_inset space ~
44806 \begin_inset space ~
44810 \begin_inset space ~
44813 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44831 to separate folders.
44832 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44833 \begin_inset Index idx
44836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44843 \begin_inset Index idx
44846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44855 \begin_layout Description
44857 \begin_inset space ~
44861 \begin_inset space ~
44865 \begin_inset space ~
44869 \begin_inset space ~
44873 \begin_inset space ~
44877 \begin_inset space ~
44880 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44885 dialog when changing the document class.
44888 \begin_layout Section
44890 \begin_inset space ~
44894 \begin_inset Index idx
44897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44906 \begin_layout Subsection
44908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44910 name "sub:Converters"
44915 \begin_inset Index idx
44918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44927 \begin_layout Standard
44928 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44929 from one format to another.
44930 You can modify them or create new ones.
44931 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44938 \begin_inset space ~
44948 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44952 \begin_inset space ~
44957 drop-down list, modify the
44961 field, and press the
44968 \begin_layout Standard
44971 Converter File Cache
44973 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44976 Maximum Age (in days
44979 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44980 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44983 \begin_layout Standard
44984 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44985 the converter definition, is described in the section
44996 \begin_layout Subsection
44998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45000 name "sec:File-Formats"
45005 \begin_inset Index idx
45008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45015 \begin_inset Index idx
45018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45027 \begin_layout Standard
45028 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45029 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45033 \begin_layout Standard
45034 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45035 is described in the section
45046 \begin_layout Standard
45047 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45048 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45049 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45050 This is done by specifying a
45055 More about this is described in the section
45066 \begin_layout Chapter
45067 Units available in LyX
45068 \begin_inset Index idx
45071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45080 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45087 \begin_layout Standard
45088 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45091 reference "cap:Units"
45095 explains all units available in LyX.
45098 \begin_layout Standard
45099 \begin_inset Float table
45105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45106 \begin_inset Caption
45108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45124 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45132 \begin_inset Tabular
45133 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45134 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45287 scaled point (65536
45288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45348 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45403 % of original image width
45410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45617 \begin_layout Chapter
45619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45628 \begin_layout Standard
45629 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45630 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45633 \begin_layout Itemize
45636 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45639 \begin_layout Itemize
45645 \begin_layout Itemize
45651 \begin_layout Itemize
45657 \begin_layout Itemize
45663 \begin_layout Itemize
45669 \begin_layout Itemize
45675 \begin_layout Itemize
45681 \begin_layout Itemize
45684 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45687 \begin_layout Itemize
45693 \begin_layout Itemize
45699 \begin_layout Itemize
45705 \begin_layout Itemize
45711 \begin_layout Itemize
45717 \begin_layout Itemize
45723 \begin_layout Itemize
45729 \begin_layout Itemize
45735 \begin_layout Itemize
45737 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45746 \begin_layout Standard
45747 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45750 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45757 \begin_layout Bibliography
45758 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45759 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45760 LatexCommand bibitem
45767 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45770 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45775 \begin_inset Newline newline
45779 \begin_inset Flex URL
45782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45784 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45792 \begin_layout Bibliography
45793 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45794 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45795 LatexCommand bibitem
45796 key "latexcompanion"
45800 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45802 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45805 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45808 \begin_layout Bibliography
45809 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45810 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45811 LatexCommand bibitem
45816 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45819 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45822 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45825 \begin_layout Bibliography
45826 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45827 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45828 LatexCommand bibitem
45835 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45838 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45841 \begin_layout Bibliography
45842 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45843 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45844 LatexCommand bibitem
45856 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45859 \begin_layout Bibliography
45860 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45861 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45862 LatexCommand bibitem
45868 \begin_inset Newline newline
45872 \begin_inset Flex URL
45875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45877 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45885 \begin_layout Bibliography
45886 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45888 LatexCommand bibitem
45894 \begin_inset Newline newline
45898 \begin_inset Flex URL
45901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45903 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45911 \begin_layout Bibliography
45912 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45914 LatexCommand bibitem
45920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45922 name "Documentation"
45923 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45932 \begin_inset Newline newline
45936 \begin_inset Flex URL
45939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45941 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45949 \begin_layout Bibliography
45950 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45951 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45952 LatexCommand bibitem
45958 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45960 name "Documentation"
45961 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45965 how to use the program
45970 \begin_inset Newline newline
45974 \begin_inset Flex URL
45977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45979 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45987 \begin_layout Bibliography
45988 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45989 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45990 LatexCommand bibitem
45996 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45998 name "Documentation"
45999 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
46008 \begin_inset Newline newline
46012 \begin_inset Flex URL
46015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46017 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
46025 \begin_layout Bibliography
46026 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46027 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46028 LatexCommand bibitem
46034 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46036 name "Documentation"
46037 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46046 \begin_inset Newline newline
46050 \begin_inset Flex URL
46053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46055 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46063 \begin_layout Bibliography
46064 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46065 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46066 LatexCommand bibitem
46072 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46074 name "Documentation"
46075 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46079 of the LaTeX-package
46084 \begin_inset Index idx
46087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46088 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46094 \begin_inset Newline newline
46098 \begin_inset Flex URL
46101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46103 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46111 \begin_layout Bibliography
46112 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46113 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46114 LatexCommand bibitem
46120 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46122 name "Documentation"
46123 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46127 of the LaTeX-package
46132 \begin_inset Index idx
46135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46136 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46142 \begin_inset Newline newline
46146 \begin_inset Flex URL
46149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46151 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46159 \begin_layout Bibliography
46160 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46161 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46162 LatexCommand bibitem
46170 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46172 name "Documentation"
46173 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46179 of the LaTeX-package
46184 \begin_inset Index idx
46187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46188 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46194 \begin_inset Newline newline
46198 \begin_inset Flex URL
46201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46203 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46211 \begin_layout Bibliography
46212 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46213 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46214 LatexCommand bibitem
46220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46222 name "Documentation"
46223 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46227 of the LaTeX-package
46232 \begin_inset Index idx
46235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46236 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46242 \begin_inset Newline newline
46246 \begin_inset Flex URL
46249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46251 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46259 \begin_layout Bibliography
46260 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46261 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46262 LatexCommand bibitem
46268 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46270 name "Documentation"
46271 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46275 of the LaTeX-package
46280 \begin_inset Index idx
46283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46284 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46290 \begin_inset Newline newline
46294 \begin_inset Flex URL
46297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46299 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46307 \begin_layout Bibliography
46308 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46310 LatexCommand bibitem
46316 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46319 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
46323 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
46324 \begin_inset Newline newline
46328 \begin_inset Flex URL
46331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46333 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
46341 \begin_layout Bibliography
46342 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46343 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46344 LatexCommand bibitem
46350 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46353 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46357 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46358 \begin_inset Newline newline
46362 \begin_inset Flex URL
46365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46367 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46375 \begin_layout Bibliography
46376 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46377 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46378 LatexCommand bibitem
46384 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46387 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46391 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46392 \begin_inset Newline newline
46396 \begin_inset Flex URL
46399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46401 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46409 \begin_layout Bibliography
46410 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46411 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46412 LatexCommand bibitem
46418 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46421 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46425 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46426 \begin_inset Newline newline
46430 \begin_inset Flex URL
46433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46435 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46443 \begin_layout Bibliography
46444 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46445 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46446 LatexCommand bibitem
46452 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46455 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46459 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46460 \begin_inset Newline newline
46464 \begin_inset Flex URL
46467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46469 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46477 \begin_layout Bibliography
46478 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46480 LatexCommand bibitem
46486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46489 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46493 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46494 \begin_inset Newline newline
46498 \begin_inset Flex URL
46501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46503 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46511 \begin_layout Bibliography
46512 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46514 LatexCommand bibitem
46520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46523 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46527 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46528 \begin_inset Newline newline
46532 \begin_inset Flex URL
46535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46537 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46545 \begin_layout Bibliography
46546 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46548 LatexCommand bibitem
46554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46557 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46561 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46562 \begin_inset Newline newline
46566 \begin_inset Flex URL
46569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46571 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46579 \begin_layout Bibliography
46580 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46581 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46582 LatexCommand bibitem
46588 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46591 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46595 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46596 \begin_inset Newline newline
46600 \begin_inset Flex URL
46603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46605 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46613 \begin_layout Bibliography
46614 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46615 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46616 LatexCommand bibitem
46622 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46625 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46629 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46630 \begin_inset Newline newline
46634 \begin_inset Flex URL
46637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46639 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46647 \begin_layout Bibliography
46648 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46650 LatexCommand bibitem
46656 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46659 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46663 about new features in
46668 \begin_inset Newline newline
46672 \begin_inset Flex URL
46675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46677 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46685 \begin_layout Standard
46686 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46720 \begin_inset Note Note
46723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46730 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46731 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46732 bibliography is the second one:
46740 \begin_layout Standard
46741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46742 LatexCommand bibtex
46743 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46744 options "biblio/alphadin"
46751 \begin_layout Standard
46752 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46755 \begin_layout Standard
46756 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46757 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46763 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46764 LatexCommand printindex